are silver and gold the worke of mens hands A mouth they have and speake not eies they have and see not Eares they have and heare not a nose they have and smell not Hands they have and feele not feet they have and walke not they make no sound with their throat Like them be they that make them every one that trusteth in them O Israel trust thou in Iehovah he is their helpe and their shield O house of Aaron trust ye in Iehovah he is their helpe and their shield Ye that feare Iehovah trust in Iehovah he is their helpe and their shield Iehovah hath remembred us he will blesse us he will blesse the house of Israel he will blesse the house of Aaron Hee will blesse them that feare Iehovah the small with the great Iehovah will adde unto you unto you and unto your sonnes Blessed shall you be of Iehovah which made the heavens and earth The heavens are Iehovahs and the earth he hath given to the sonnes of Adam Not the dead shall praise Iah neither any that goe downe to silence But wee will blesse Iah from this time and for ever Halelu-jah Annotations NOt to us or for us the Chaldee addeth not for our desert This Psalme the Greeke joyneth with the former and maketh it a part of the 114. Psalme See the notes on Psal. 10. 1. Vers. 2. now or I pray A word of intreating but used here in mockage See Ps. 79. 10. Vers. 3. And or But our God It is a signe of indignation as Psal. 2. 6. Vers. 5. They have Hebr. is to them speake not or cannot speake as Psal. 77. 5. and so the rest Compare herewith Ier. 10. 3 4 5 9 c. Deut. 4. 28. Vers. 7. sound or matter meditate see Psal. 1. 2. Vers. 9. Israel the Church is here distinguished into three parts 1 Israel or the body of the Common-wealth 2 Aarons house the Ministers and 3 the fearers of Iehovah that is strangers converts of all nations Acts 2. 5. and 10. 35. So after in vers 12 13. and Psal. 118. 2 3 4. trust thou the Greeke saith hath trusted and so the rest See the notes on Psal. 22. 9. and 114. 7. their helpe to wit which trust in him Or it may be for your helpe one person put for another as often is See Psal. 59. 10. 65. 7. and 80. 7. Vers. 10. House that is children or posterity See Psa. 113. 9. Vers. 12. hath remembred The Chaldee explaineth it The word of the Lord hath remembred us for good will blesse to wit us as the Greeke turneth it being mindfull of us hath blessed us See the like want in Ps. 59. 14. and 69. 2. and 45. 4. Vers. 13. small or little in age or degree So Rev. 11. 18. Vers. 14. will adde unto or adde upon you that is increase you as Deut. 1. 11. Esa. 26. 15. or adde his blessings Vers. 15. shall you be of or are you to Iehovah that is by him See the like phrase Gen. 14. 19. 2. Sam. 2. 5. Vers. 16 hee hath given or understand which hee hath given for the earth also is his Psal. 24. 1. though heaven properly is his dwelling place yet not able to containe him 1 King 8. 30. 27. Vers. 17. to silence the grave the place of silence quiernesse as Iob 3. 17 18. See Ps. 94. 17. So the Chaldee expoundeth it the place of buriall in the earth PSAL. CXVI The Psalmist professeth his love and dutie to God for his deliverance 12 He studieth to be thankefull I Love because Iehovah heareth my voice my supplications Because he bowed his eare unto me and in my daies I will call The pangs of death compassed me and the straight afflictions of hell found me I found distresse and sorrow And I called on the name of Iehovah O Iehovah deliver my soule Gracious is Iehovah and just and our God is mercifull Iehovah keepeth the simple I was brought low and he saved me Returne O my soule unto thy rest for Iehovah hath bounteously rewarded unto thee Because thou hast released my soule from death mine eie from teares my foot from sliding I will walke on before Iehovah in the lands of the living I beleeved therefore did I speake I was afflicted vehemently I did say in my hastening away every man is a lier What shall I render to Iehovah for all his bountifull rewards unto me I will take up the cup of salvations and will call on the name of Iehovah My vowes to Iehovah I will pay in the presence now of all his people Precious in the eies of Iehovah is the death of his gracious Saints O Iehovah surely I am thy servant I am thy servant the son of thine hand-maid thou hast unloosed my bands To thee will I sacrifice a sacrifice of confession and will cal on the name of Iehovah My vowes to Iehovah will I pay in the presence now of all his people In the courts of the house of Iehovah in the middest of thee O Ierusalem Halelu-jah Annotations I Love to wit the Lord or I am lovingly affected and well pleased The Greeke here beginneth the 114. Psalme see the note on Psal. 10. 1. and after vers 10. heareth or will heare to wit continually Vers. 2. and that is therefore will I call or when I did call my daies that is whiles I live or daies of affliction as Iob 30. 16. See Ps. 119. 84. 37. 12. Vers. 3. pangs or paines compare Psa. 18. 5. c. hell the state of death or grave see Ps. 16. 10. found that is came upon me So 1 Chron. 10. 3. Nehem. 9. 32. Esth. 8. 6. Psal. 119. 143. Vers. 5. Oh or I beseech thee O now The Hebrew Anna and Na are words of intreating as the Greeke Nai Philem. 1. 20. Rev. 1. 7. Vers. 6. brought low drawns drie weakened and afflicted see Psal. 41. 2. and 79. 8. Vers. 7. thy rest thy quiet comfortable estate in God without trouble of conscience This Christ giveth Matth. 11. 29. but sinne taketh away Deu. 28. 65. rewarded or as the Greeke saith been beneficiall the Chaldee explaineth it the word of the Lord hath rewarded good unto thee See Psal. 13. 6. Vers. 8. sliding or thrust fall See Psal. 56. 14. 1 Sam. 2. 9. Vers. 9. walke on to wit pleasingly as the Greek explaineth or pleasingly administer so 1 Sam. 2. 30 35. Psal. 86. 14. the living in this world see Psal. 27. 13. Vers. 10. therefore the Hebrew Ki For is here used for therefore as the Greek translateth and the Apostle alloweth 2 Cor. 4. 13. So may it also be taken 1 Sam. 2. 21. so the Greeke hoââ as Luke 7. 47. for she loved that is therefore she loved much Here the Greek version beginneth the 115 Psalm Vers. 11. my hastening through feare in Greek my extasie or trance see Psal. 31. 23. hereto is opposed his quietnesse Psal. 30. 7. every man even the Prophets which have promised mee the kingdome
monuments of idolatry are comprehended as Deuter. 12. 2. 3. Of this the Hebrew canons say Wee are commanded to destroy idolatry and the services thereof and whatsoever is made for the same Deuteronomy 12. And in the land of Israel we are commanded to persecute it untill it be destroyed out of all our land but without the land wee are not commanded to persecute it but every place which wee shall subdue we are to destroy all the idolatry that is therein Maimony in Misn. treat of Idolatry c. 7. S. 1. Vers. 25. thy bread c. hereby the coursest fare may be meant which by Gods blessing nourisheth as in Daniel 1. 12. 15. Or these are named for all food as the Chaldee translateth it thy meat and thy drinke and the Greeke addeth thy bread and thy wine and thy water sicknesse in Chaldee evill sicknesses Compare Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 7. 15. Vers. 26. casting or miscarrying the Greeke translateth without seed See a like promise in Deut. 7. 14. thy dayes which by the course of nature thou shouldest live So Iob dyed being old and full of dayes Iob 42. 17. whereas the wicked live not out halfe their dayes Psal. 55. 24. Vers. 27. dismay with tumult and trouble as God did before in Exod. 14. 24. So in Deut. 7. 23. Ios. 10. 10. The Greeke translateth I will astonish all nations shalt come to warre against them as the Chaldee addeth to turne this is added by the Chaldee for explanation And by turning the neeke or backe is meant their flight as the Greek translateth I will give that is make them fugitives So David praised God that had given him the neck of his enemies that is made them flee Psal. 18. 41. Vers. 28. hornets Hebr. the hornet a kinde of great waspe which stingeth venomously threatned against the Canaanites here and in Deuter. 7. 20. and shewed to be accomplished in Ios. 24. 12. These signified the stinging terrours wherewith God striketh the hearts of his enemies the Evite that is the whole nation of them as the Greek saith the Amorites and the Evites c. These were the posterity of Canaan of whom see Genesis 10. 6. 7. V. 30. fructifie that is be increased or growne Vers. 31. the river which the Greek explaineth the great river Euphrates and Moses elsewhere so nameth it Deuter. 11. 24. Gen. 15. 18. See these bounds in Numb 34. the accomplishment of this promise in part fulfilled in Solomons time 1 Kin. 4. 21. thou shalt drive the Greeke translateth I will drive Vers. 32. with them the inhabitants of the land Exodus 34. 12. 15. Deuter. 7. 1. 2 c. gods in Chaldee idols Vers. 33. if thou shalt or it may bee translated for thou wilt serve as came to passe Iudg. 1. 21. 27. 29. and 2. 1. 2. 3. 12. c. The Greeke translateth for if thou shalt serve their gods the Chaldee and thou shalt not serve their idolls surely or for it will be a snare that is a cause of thy fall and ruine a scandall unto thee See this fulfilled Iudg. 2. Psal. 106. 34. 35. 36. Numb 25. 1. 2. Compare also Deut. 7. 16. 25. A snare is used to signifie the deceit whereby men fall into sinne Deut. 12. 30. Ier. 5. 26. Prov. 13. 14. 27. and so the destruction that followeth thereupon Prov. 12. 13. Esay 8. 15. and 28. 13. Eccles. 9. 12. CHAP. XXIIII 1. Moses is called up into the mountaine 3. The people promise obedience 4 Moses buildeth an Altar and twelve pillars 6 Hee sprinkleth the blood of the covenant 9. Moses and the Elders of Israel see God 12. Moses is to goe up the mount for the the Tables 14 Aaron and Hur have the charge of the people 16 The glory of the Lord on mount Siââaâ like devouring fire 18 Moses in the cloud and mountaine fortie daies and fortie might AND he said unto Moses Come up unto Iehovah thou and Aaron Nadab Abihu and seventy of the Elders of Israel and bow down your selves afarre off And Moses himselfe alone shall come neere unto Iehovah but they shal not come neere and the people they shall not come up with him And Moses came and told the people all the words of Iehovah and all the judgments and all the people answered with one voice and said All the words which Iehovah hath spoken wee will doe And Moses wrote all the words of Iehovah and rose up earely in the morning and builded an altar under the mount and twelve pillars according to the twelve tribes of Israel And he sent the yong men of the sons of Israel and they offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices of peace offerings of bullocks unto Iehovah And Moses tooke halfe of the blood and put it in basons and halfe of the blood hee sprinkled on the altar And he tooke the book of the covenant read in the eares of the people and they said All that Iehovah hath spoken we will doe and obey And Moses tooke the blood and sprinkled on the people and said Behold the blood of the covenant w ch Iehovah hath striken with you concerning all these words Then went up Moses and Aaron Nadab and Abihu and seventy of the Elders of Israel And they saw the God of Israel and there was under his feet as it were a worke of Saphire bricke and as the body of the heavens for cleernesse And upon the Nobles of the sons of Israel hee laid not his hand and they saw God did eat drink And Iehovah said unto Moses Come up to me into the mount and bee there and I will give thee tables of stone a law and commandement which I have written to teach them And Moses rose up and his Minister Ioshua and Moses went up into the mountaine of God And he said unto the Elders Sit yee here for us untill wee returne unto you and behold Aaron and Hur are with you who so hath matters to doe let him come neere unto them And Moses went up into the mountaine and a cloud covered the mountaine And the glory of Iehovah dwelt upoÌ mount Sinai the cloud covered it six dayes and in the seventh day hee called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud And the sight of the glory of Iehovah was like devouring fire in the top of the mountaine in the eyes of the sons of Israel And Moses went in to the mids of the cloud and went up into the mountaine and Moses was in the mountaine forty dayes and fortie nights Annotations ABihu in Greeke Abioud he and Nadab were Aarons eldest sonnes Exod. 28. 1 who were afterward devoured with a fire from the Lord Levit 10. 1. 2. seventie This number was answerable to the 70. soules of Israel that came into Egypt Deut. 10. 22. and to the 70. that afterward were made the Senate of the commonwealth of Israel Numb 11. 16. 17. bow downe the Gt translateth they shall bow downe to or worship the Lord
people saith the Greeke version offred-it-for-sin The Greeke translateth purified it so the word sometime meaneth but it figured also a purifying of others from sinne thereby as Levit. 6. 26. and so the Chaldee here expoundeth and he made atonement by the blood thereof as the first spoken of in vers 8. and so he burnt it without the campe as the other was in verse 11. for which he was reproved by Moses Levit. 10. 16. 17. Vers. 16. the manner or the ordinance Hebr. the judgement the Greeke saith as was meet It respecteth the Law in Levit. 1. Vers. 17. filled that is tooke his handfull out of it see Levit. 2. 2. of the morne that is which was daily to be offred every morning as God commanded Exod. 29. 38. 39. 40. This therefore was extraordinary that as the daily meat-offring was to testifie their thankfulnesse for Gods ordinary and daily mercies so this for his speciall grace now manifested Chazkuni explaineth it thus It teacheth that there were two Meat-offrings one with the Burnt-offring and one by it selfe Sol. Iarchi saith All this he did after the daily Burnt-offring Vers. 18. sprinkled according to the law in Levit 3. 2. The Greeke translateth he poured it Vers. 19. fat Hebr. fats so in vers 20. rumpe or tayle to weet of the ram see Levit. 3. 9. that which covereth in Greeke the fat which covereth the inwards and so the text explaineth it in Levit. 3. 9. Vers. 20. they put the fat Hebr. the fatts Sol. Iarchi saith After the waving the Priest that waved gave them to another Priest to burne them Vers. 21. waved as was commanded Lev. 7. 30. c. By these sacrifices the sanctification of the people was signified by the Sin-offring and Burnt-offring they had remission and justification from their sinnes and reconciliation unto God by the Meat-offring their renovation by the spirit and by the Peace-offrings their thankefulnesse unto God whom they honour with the fruits of his owne graces all these obtained by faith in Christ and in his death for he of God is made unto us wisedome and righteousnesse and sanctification and redemption 1 Cor. 1. 30. Vers. 22. lift-up his hand or his hands as the Hebrew vowel and reading in the margine both shew so the Greeke translateth hands See Exod. 32. 19. R. Menachem giveth this reason why it is written Hand to signifie the right hand because that was listed up higher then the left The lifting up of the hand was a gesture used in speaking or signifying of any weighty thing Esa. 49. 22. and particularly in swearing Gen. 14. 22. praying Psal. 28. 2. and blessing eyther of God Psal. 134. 2. or of men as in this place So Paul speaking of prayer useth the phrase of lifting up holy hands 1 Tim. 2. 8. and David let the lifting up of my hands be as the evening sacrifice Psal. 141. 2. blessed them This appertained to the Priests office to blesse the people in the name of the Lord for ever Deuter. 10. 8. 1 Chron. 23. 13. and was accomplished by our high Priest Christ Iesus when having finished his ministery on earth hee lift up his hands and blessed his disciples Luk. 24. 50. The forme of Aarons blessing is prescribed in Num. 6. 23. 27. see the annotations there And this being done in the Lords name by his Priests a figure of Christ whom God hath sent to blesse us Act. 3. 26. without all contradiction the lesse is blessed of the greater Heb. 7. 7. came downe from the banke or hilly place of the altar which was higher then the other ground see Exod. 20. 26. So in Thargum Ionathan it is explained he came downe from the Altar with joy after that he had finished the making of the Sin-offring c. On the contrary Christ when hee had blessed went up into heaven Luke 24. 51. from making or doing that is offring as vers 7. After that he had done as before is shewed Vers. 23. went into the Tent the Priest went in according to the law in Exod. 30. 7. 8. to burne incense on the golden altar Moses went in with him in likelihood to direct him how to doe the service so Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it But hee addeth withall an other exposition thus When Aaron saw that they had offred all the oblations and done all the workes and the Majestie of God came not downe to Israel he was grieved and said I know that the holy blessed God is angry with me and for my sake the Majestie of God commeth not downe to Israel c. Immediately Moses went in with him and prayed for mercie and the divine Majestie came downe unto Israel After this manner Thargum Ionathan also expoundeth it they blessed This was a second blessing by Moses and Aaron when the people were dismissed Vnto which and the like at other times especially on Atonement day Levit. 16. David prophesying of Christs dayes seemeth to have reference in Psal. 118. 26. Wee blesse you out of the house of Iehovah glory the visible signe of Gods glory and favour out of his holy place either by the fire mentioned in the next verse or by a clowd as was in Exod. 16. 10. and 40. 34. or by them both It was a token of his gracious acceptance of them and of their service as after in 1 King 8. 10. 11. 12. Vers. 24. from before Iehovah the Greeke translateth from the Lord. And it was either from heaven as after in Solomons dayes Fire came downe from heaven and confirmed the Burnt-offring and sacrifices 2 Chron. 7. 1. or out of the Tabernacle By this miracle God confirmed the people touching the doctrine and ordinances given by Moses and the priesthood now committed to Aaron and his sonnes as appeareth by the prayer of Elias when the like miracle was shewed from heaven Let it be knowne this day day that thou art God in Israel and that I am thy servant and that I have done all these things at thy word 1 King 18. 36. consumed or ate up by which signe the church was assured that their sacrifices were accepted See Psal. 20. 4. The like was at the dedicating of Solomons Temple 2 Chro. 7. 1. 2. 3. and at Elias sacrifice 1 King 18. 38. 39. This Fire which now came from God was nourished on the Altar as the Hebrewes say unto Solomons time Chazkuni here writeth thus The fire which came-out from the Lord in the daies of Moses went not up from the brazen Altar untill he came into the eternall House that is into Solomons temple so called because of that promise in 2 Chron. 7. 16. that Gods name should be there for ever And that Fire which came downe in the dayes of Solomon went not up from the Altar of Burnt-offring untill it went up in the dayes of Manasseh Of the departing of that fire in Manaâses dayes wee finde no mention in the Scriptures But after Solomons Temple was destroyed and the second builded the
from the salt Sea the lake of Sodome Gen. 14. 3. to the maine sea See Numb 34. 3 6 c. where the limits of the land are described from the river the great river Euphrates Gen. 15. 18. Deut. 11. 24. In Solomon this was accomplished when hee reigned over all kingdomes from the river to the land of the Philistims and to the border of Aegypt 1 King 4. 21. in Christ when all Nations were brought into his subjection by the Gospell as Mat. 28. 18 19. Act. 1. 8. Col. 1. 5 6. Rev. 11. 15. Vers. 9. in dry places or in desarts which the Greeke explaineth the Aethiopians The Hebrew Tsijim signifieth here and Psal. 74. 14. people that dwell in dry desart places sometime it is used for wilde beasts that haunt such desarts as Esa. 34. 14. and 13. 21. Ier. 50. 39. lick the dust like a Serpent as is expressed in Mic. 7. 16. noting hereby great feare and subjection testified by bowing downe their faces to the ground as is the manner in the Easterne countries In Esa. 49. 23. a like promise is made to the Church of Christ. Vers. 10. Of Tharshish or of the Ocean that dwell by the maine sea See the Note on Psal. 48. 8. Sheba and Seba that is of Aethiopia and Arabia far southerne Countries inhabited by the posterity of Sheba and Seba the Nephew son of Cush the son of Cham the son of Noah Gen. 10. 7. The Queen of Sheba or of the South came from the utmost parts of the earth to heare the wisdome of Solomon gave him much gold sweet odours and precious stones 1 King 10. 1 10. Mat. 12. 42. Vers. 12. hath no helper or to whom no helper See the like by Iob Iob 29. 12. Vers. 14. precious shall their bloud be that is their death meaning that hee regardeth their life and will not easily suffer them to be killed for that it is precious and deare unto him as on the contrary Paul said his life was not deare unto himselfe when hee was willing and ready to lose it for Christs cause Act. 20. 24. See Psal. 116. 15. Vers. 15. he shall give meaning man in generall or each one brought in subjection as the Greeke saith to him shall be given meaning to Salomon gold of Sheba the Greeke saith of Arabia see vers 10. all the day or daily Vers. 16. There shall be a parcell c. where a handfull of corne shall be sowne on the top of the mounts the most barren places there shall be such increase that the fruit shall shake and make a noise like the trees of Lebanon shake or stirre with noise rustle Lebanon that is trees of Lebanon as the earth for the inhabitants of the earth Psal. 66. 1. of this mount see the Note on Psal. 29. 5. they of the City that is the citizens as they of the world are worldlings Psal. 17. 14. ye of the heavens Psal. 148. 1. are the inhabitants there The Chaldee addeth of the City Ierusalem Compare herewith Isa. 27. 6. Vers. 17. continued to wit as a sonne continueth his fathers name for the originall jinnon or janin commeth of Nin which is a Sonne the Greeke also turneth it his name continueth and Christs name is continued in us that beleeve in him called Christians Act. 11. 26. and his children Heb. 2. 13 14. before the sun that is so long as it endureth as vers 5. So Psal. 102. 29. they shall blesse to wit men of all nations shall count and speake of their blessednesse in him So Gen. 22. 18. call him blessed or happy shall beautifie him Vers. 19. name of his glory that is his glorious or honourable name So Lord of glory Iam. 2. 1. for glorious Lord. filled with his glory that is with the manifestation of his glorious workes and praising him for the same See the like speeches Numb 14. 21. Isa. 6. 3. Rev. 18. 1. Ezek. 43. 2. Amen So beat This second booke of Psalmes is concluded with twise Amen as was the former see Psal. 41. 14. Vers. 20. Ended or Compleat are meaning that this Psalme was the last of Davids prayers or hymnes as the Greeke translateth it howsoever it is not set last in order as neither other bee Or that this matter touching Christs Kingdome is the last thing whereof David prophesied and for which he prayed as 1 Pet. 1. 10 11. Iesse or Iishai as the Hebrew soundeth it and sometime Ishai 1 Chro. 2. 12 13. which name signifieth strength and manhood as David amiable The third Booke PSAL. LXXIII The Prophet prevailing in a tentation sheweth the occasion thereof the prosperity of the wicked 13 The wound given thereby diffidence 15 The victory over it knowledge of Gods purpose in destroying of the wicked and sustaining the righteous A Psalme of Asaph YEt surely God is good to Israel to them that are pure in heart And I my feet almost swerved aside my steps had welnigh slipped out For I envied at vain-glorious fools when I saw the peace of the wicked For there are no bands in their death and lusty is their strength They are not in the molestation of sory man and with earthly man they are not plagued Therfore pride compasseth them about as a chaine violence covereth them as a garment Their eyes standeth out with fatnesse they passe the imaginations of the heart They doe corrupt and speake with maliciousnesse of oppression they speak from aloft They set their mouth against the heavens and their tongue walketh thorow the earth Therefore his people turneth hither and waters of a full cup are wrung out to them And they say How doth God know and is there knowledge in the most high Loe these are the wicked and in tranquillity ever they increase wealthy power Surely in vaine have I cleansed mine heart and washed my hands in innocency And am plagued all the day and my rebuke is in the mornings If I say I will tell thus loe I unfaithfully wrong the generation of thy sons And I thought to know this but it was a painfull thing in mine eyes Vntill I entred into the Sanctuaries of God did prudently attend to their last end Surely thou dost set them in slipperie places dost make them fall to desolations How are they brought to wondrous desolation as in a moment are they at an end are they consumed with troublesome frights As a dreame after one waketh O Lord when thou raisest up thou wilt despise their image Surely mine heart was levened and I was pricked in my reines And I was bruitish and knew not as the beasts was I with thee Yet I continually was with thee thou hast holden me fast by my right hand Thou wilt guide mee with thy counsell and after wilt receive me to glory Whom have I in the Heavens and with thee I delight not any in earth Wholly consumed is my flesh and my heart the Rocke of my heart and my portion is God forever For loe they that are
the morning was the second day And God sayd Let the waters under the heavens bee gathered-together unto one place and let the dry land appeare and it was so And God called the dry land Earth and the gathering together of the waters he called Seas and God saw that it was good And God said Let the earth bud-forth the budding-grasse the herbe seeding-seed the fruit-tree yeelding-fruit after his kinde whose seed is in it selfe upon the earth and it was so And the earth brought-forth budding-grasse the herb seeding-seed after his kinde and the tree yeelding fruit whose seed was in it selfe after his kinde and God saw that it was good And the evening was and the morning was the third day And God sayd Let there be lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to separate betweene the day and the night and let them be for signes and for seasons and for dayes and yeares And let them be for lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to give light upon the earth and it was so And God made the two great Lights the greater light for the rule of the day and the lesser light for the rule of the night also the starres And God set them in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to giue light upon the earth And to rule over the day and over the night and to separate betweene the light and the darkenesse and God saw that it was good And the evening was and the morning was the fourth day And GOD sayd Let the waters bring forth abundantly the moving-thing the living soule and fowle that may flye above the earth on the face of the outspred-firmament of the heavens And God created the great Whales and every living creeping soule which the waters brought forth abundantly after their kinde and every winged fowle after his kinde and God saw that it was good And God blessed them saying be fruitfull and multiply and fill the waters in the seas and let the fowle multiply in the earth And the evening was and the morning was the fift day And God said Let the earth bring forth the living soule after his kinde cattell and creeping thing and beast of the earth after his kinde and it was so And God made the beast of the earth after his kinde and the cattell after their kinde and every creeping thing of the earth after his kinde and God saw that it was good And God sayd Let us make Man in our image according to our likenesse and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the fowle of the heavens and over the cattell and over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth And God created Man in his image in the image of God created he him male and female created he them And God blessed them and God sayd unto them Be fruitfull and multiply and fill the earth and subdue it and have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the fowle of the heavens and over every living thing that creepeth on the earth And God sayd Behold I have given to you every herb seeding seed which is upon the face of all the earth and every tree in the which is the fruit of a tree seeding seed to you it shall be for meat And to every beast of the earth and to every fowle of the heavens and to every creeping thing upon the earth which hath in it a living soule every green herb for meat and it was so And God saw every thing that hee had made and behold it was very good and the evening was and the morning was the sixt day Annotations BOoke of Moses so it is intituled in Mark 12. 26. called elsewhere the booke of the law of Moses 2. King 14. 6. Luke 2. 22. being indeed the booke of the Law of the Lord by the hand of Moses 2. Chro. 34. 14. Of this Moses his birth education authority and death see Exod. 2. and 4. c. Numb 12. Deut 34. He was forty yeares a Philosopher in King Pharaohs Court in Egypt Forty yeares a shepheard in the land of Madian and forty yeares a King and Law-giver of Israel leading them through the wildernesse of Arabia and dying an hundred and twenty yeares old hee was buried of God Act. 7. 22. 23. 29. 30. 35. 36. Deut. 3â 4â and 34. 5. 6. 7. His writings are approved of by the Prophets after him by the testimonie of Christ and his Apostles and by the Church of God in all ages Nehem. 8. 1 2 3. Dan. 9. 11. 13. Mal. 4. 4. Luke 16. 29. 31. and 24. 27. 44. Acts 15. 21. Rev. 15. 3. Genesis that is Generation so the Greeke version calleth this booke because it setteth forth the generations of the heavens and earth and of Adam or mankind Gen. 2. 4. and 5. 1. How beit in Hebrew the five bookes of Moses have no names but by the first words of them as this booke is called Breshith that is In the beginning Vers. 1. In the beginning namely of the Creature which God created as our Saviour expoundeth it Mark 13. 19. the whole frame whereof is called the World Mat. 24. 21. Beginning therefore is here extraordinary and supernaturall of the Creature or Creation and so of time The Chaldee paraphrase called Ierusalemy translateth it In wisedome so sundry Hebrewes apply this mystically to the wisedome of God whereby the world was created as it is written The Lord by wisdome founded the earth Prov. 3. 19. and in wisdome hast thou made them all Psal. 104. 24. R. Menachem on Gen. 1. Many Christian writers also apply it unto Christ the wisdome of God by whom he made the world 1. Cor. 1. 24. Heb. 1. 2. Prov. 8. 27. 30. God in Hebrew Aelohim which signifieth the Almighties or Almightie-powers his name is most used in this forme plurall but ioyned with a word singular hee created because God is but one Deut. 6. 4. although in power infinite in person or manner of being there are three which beare witnesse in heaven the Father and the Word and the holy Spirit and these three are one 1 Ioh. 5. 7. The Father is this Creator as is shewed in Eph. 3. 9. The Word or Sonne is the Creator Heb. 1. 8. 10. Col. 1. 16. so is the Holy spirit as is here in the second verse and in Psal. 33. 6. and 104. 30. Iob 26. 13. and 33. 4. Hereupon Solomon saith Remember thy Creators Eccles. 12. 1. and God saith Let us make man Gen. 1. 26. The Apostles apply the generall name God to the persons severally unto the Father Heb. 1. 1 2. unto the Sonne Acts 20. 28. Rom. 9. 5. and unto the Holy Ghost Acts 5. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors have left records of this mystery though at this day that nation understands it not Come and see the mysterie of the word Aelohim there are three degrees and every degree by it selfe alone that is distinct and yet notwithstanding
out of the ground every tree desirable for sight and good for meat and the tree of life in the midst of the garden the tree of the knowledge of good and evill And a river went-out of Eden to water the garden and from thence it was parted and was to foure heads The name of the one Pison the same is it that compasseth the whole land of Havilah where there is gold And the gold of that land is good there is Bdelium and the Beryll stone And the name of the second river âiâon the same is it that compasseth the whole land of Cush And the name of the third river Hiddekel the same is it that goeth to the east of Assyria and the fourth river is Euphrates And Iehovah God tooke the man and put him in the garden of Eden to till it and to keepe it And Iehovah God commanded the man saying of every tree of the garden eating thou maist eat But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evill thou maist not eat of it for in the day thou eatest of it dying thou shalt dye And Iehovah God said It is not good the man should bee himselfe alone I will make for him an helpe as before him And Iehovah God had formed out of the ground every beast of the field and every fowle of the heavens and brought them unto Adam to see what hee would call them and whatsoever Adam called each living soule that was the name thereof And Adam called names to all cattell and to the fowle of the heavens and to every beast of the field but for Adam hee found not an helpe as before him And Iehovah God caused a deepe sleep to fall upon Adam and he slept and he tooke one of his ribs and closed-up the flesh in the stead therof And Iehovah God builded the rib which he had taken from Adam to a woman and hee brought her unto Adam And Adam said This now is bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh she shall bee called Woman because she was taken out of Man Therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother and he shall cleave to his wife and they shall be one flesh And they were both of them naked Adam and his wife and they were not ashamed-of-themselves Annotations FInished or al-done perfected host or army called in Hebrew Saba which meaneth an army standing in order or battle ray The Greeke here translateth it garnishing or furniture Hereby is meant all creatures in the earth and heavens which stand as an army servants to the Lord Psal. 119. 91. and by him commanded Esay 45. 12. The Angels are of this army 1 King 22. 19. and are called the multitude of the heavenly host Luke 2. 13. 15. and they were by likelihood created with the heavens in the first day because those morning starres and sonnes of God did sing and shout when God laid and fastned the foundations of the earth Iob 38. 4. 6. 7. The stars and furniture of the visible heavens are also Gods host Esay 34. 4. Deut. 4. 19. and the starres in their courses fought against Sisera Judg. 5. 20. The Israelites comming out of Aegypt are called the Lords hosts Exodus 12. 41. Hereupon he is often named the Lord of hosts or of Sabaoth and the Apostles in Greek sometime keep the Hebrew name Lord of Sabaoth Rom. 9. 29. Iam. 5. 4. sometime they translate it Lord God Almighty Revel 4. 8. from Esa. 6. 3. Vers. 2. seventh day The Hebrew shebang from which the German word sieben and English seven are derived hath the signification of fulnesse and is a perfect and complete number after which we begin again with the first day of the weeke Therefore seven is used for many or a full number Gen. 33. 3. Lev. 4. 6. 1 Sam. 2. 5. Ier. 15. 9. Prov. 26. 25. And many mysteries are throughout the Scripture set forth by the number of seven as in the feasts and sacrifices of Israel Deut. 16. 3. 8. 9. 15. Num. 28. 19. and 29. 12. 32. especially in the booke of the Revelation See also Gen. 21. 31. The Greeke interpreters translated the sixt day for the seventh left the heathens should thinke mistaking the phrase that God wrought upon the Sabbath rested or sabbathised that is kept sabbath for of this Hebrew shebath it is called the Sabbath or Rest day God rested or ceased from making moe creatures Exod. 20. 11. Heb. 4. 3. though as touching the preserving ordering governing of the world the Father worketh hitherto and Christ worketh Ioh. 5. 17. Gods Sabbath was also his rejoycing in his workes Psal. 104. 31. and this the Chaldee paraphrast observed here saying and God delighted the seventh day in his worke which hee had made and rested This resting is spoken of God after the manner of men and implieth not any wearinesse in him for the Creator of the ends of the earth fainteth not neither is weary Esa. 40. 28. worke generally put for workes as the Apostle expounds it in Heb. 4. 4. Vers. 3. And God blessed in Exod. 20. 11. it is sayd Therefore God blessed that is because he him-selfe rested in the seventh day therefore he blessed and sanctified it unto man whereupon the Apostle reasoneth hee that is entred into his rest hee also hath ceased from his owne workes as God did from his Heb. 4. 10. and he blessed the seventh day by giving it this singular priviledge to bee a day of rest and holinesse of delight and of feasting vnto the world Exod. 20. 10. 11. Nehem. 9. 14. Esai 58. 13. Levit. 23. 2. 3. Wherefore this day is not described by evening and morning as were the other sixe which consisted of light and darknesse but this is all day or light figuring out our perpetuall joyes Esa. 60. 20. Zach. 14. 6. 7. Revel 21. 25. And so the Hebrew Doctors understand it of the world to come for in Breshith rabbah they say The blessing of the Lord it maketh rich Prov. 10. 22. this is the Sabbath day as it is written And God blessed the seventh day Gen. 2. 3. he calleth the Sabbath the Blessing of the Lord because it is receiued from the Blessing that is on high therefore hee sayth it maketh rich because it is the abundant wealth of the world c And if we expound the seventh day of the seventh thousand of yeares which is the world to come the exposition is and he blessed because in the seventh thousand all soules shall be bound in the bundell of life for there shall be there the augmentation of the Holy Ghost wherein we shall delight our selves and so our Rabbines of blessed memory have sayd in their Commentarie God blessed the seventh day the holy God blessed the world to come which beginneth in the seventh thousand of yeares Compare the last note on Gen. 1. 31. sanctified or hallowed that is separated it from common use and worke unto his owne service alone that it might be a
ANd it was when men began to multiply on the face of the earth and daughters were borne unto them That the sonnes of God saw the daughters of men that they were faire and they tooke unto them wives of all which they chose And Iehovah said My spirit shall not strive with man for ever for that he also is flesh and his dayes shall be an hundred and twentie yeeres There were Giants in the earth in those dayes and also after that when the sonnes of God went-in unto the daughters of men and they bare children to them they were mighty men which were of old men of name And Iehovah saw that the wickednesse of man was much in the earth and every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was onely evill every day And it repented Iehovah that he had made man on the earth it grieved him at his heart And Iehovah said I will blot-out man whom I have created from the face of the earth from man unto beast unto the creeping-thing and unto the fowle of the heavens for it repenteth me that I have made them But Noe found grace in the eyes of Iehovah ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã THESE are THE GENERATIONS OF NOE Noe was a just man perfect in his generations Noe walked with God And Noe begat three sonnes Sem Cham and Iapheth And the earth was corrupt before God and the earth was filled with violent-wrong And God saw the earth and loe it was corrupt for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth And God said unto Noe An end of all flesh is come before me for the earth is filled with violent wrong from the face of them and behold I destroy them with the earth Make for thee an Arke of Gopher trees nests shalt thou make in the Arke and shalt pitch it within and without with pitch And this the fashion which thou shalt make it of three hundred cubits the length of the Arke fifty cubits the bredth of it and thirty cubits the height of it A cleare-light shalt thou make to the Arke and in a cubit shalt thou finish it from above and the doore of the Arke shalt thou set in the side thereof with lower second and third stories shalt thou make it And I behold I doe bring the Flood of waters upon the earth to destroy all flesh which hath in it the spirit of life from under the heavens every-thing that is in the earth shall give-up the ghost But I will stablish my covenant with thee and thou shalt enter into the Arke thou and thy sonnes and thy wife and thy sonnes wives with thee And of every living thing of all flesh two of every sort shalt thou bring into the Arke to keep alive with thee they shall be male and female Of the fowle after his kinde and of the beast after his kinde of every creeping thing of the earth after his kind two of every sort shall come unto thee to keepe them alive And take thou unto thee of all meat that is eaten and thou shalt gather it to thee and it shall bee for thee and for them for meat And Noe did according to all that God commanded him so did he Annotations MEn Hebr. Adam put generally for men as the Greeke translateth and the last words of this verse doe confirme so the Chaldee saith the sonnes of man The posterity of Kain is hereby meant who increased faster then Seths did and sought so to doe by taking moe wives Gen. 4. 19. Vers. 2. the sons of God the men of the Church of God for unto such Moses saith ye are the sonnes of Iehovah your God Deut. 14. 1. so 1 Ioh. 3. 1. The name God in Hebrew Aelohim is in the forme plurall and sometime Princes are so named Exod. 21. 6. Psal. 82. so the Chaldee here translateth the sonnes of Princes understanding as I thinke Seth and the other Patriarchs daughters of men meaning of Kains posterity that were out of Gods Church Gen. 4. 14. and because they were not borne againe of God by the immortall seed of his word 1 Ioh. 3. 9. 10. 1 Pet. 1. 23. they continued children of the old Adam and naturall man still So Paul saith 1 Cor. 3. 3. walke ye not as men that is as unregenerate men fayre or goodly Hebr. good to weet of countenance as is expressed Gen. 24. 16. the Chaldee translateth it fayre tooke unto them that is tooke to themselves and regarded not the counsell of their godly parents who should by right take wives for their children nor the will of God whose law after forbad such prophane mariages Deut. 7. 3. 4. The like is noted of Esau Gen. 26. 34. 35. and 28. 8. 9. Thus corruption grew in families which they chose that is which they loved and liked following their owne affections So my chosen Esay 42. 1. is interpreted my beloved Mat. 12. 18. and choosing is often used for liking or delighting Ps. 25. 12. and 119. 173. Esay 1. 2. and so the Chaldee translateth it here Into this sinne Solomon also sâll ãâã King 11. 1. 2. Vers. 3. my spirit This is that holy spirit of Christ by which he preached in the Patriarches and especially in Noe to the disobedient spirits of the olde world 1 Pet. 3. 18. 19. 20. 2 Pet. 2. 5. not strive or not judge that is not contend in judgement for so this word is elsewhere also used Eccles. 6. 10. and may here import both contending by preaching disputing convincing in the mouthes of the Patriarches as Nehem. 9. 30. and by inward motions and checks of conscience which his spirit gave them for their sinnes against which they that struggle fall into the sinne against the holy Ghost despiting the spirit of grace Heb. 10. 29. So the Spirit of God is sayd to be tempted resisted grieved Acts 5. 9. and 7. 51. Esay 63. 10. Ephes. 4. 30. with man or in man implying both the contending of the Prophets outward and of Gods spirit inwardly as before is observed Here the Church declined is called man or Adam to note their corrupt estate The Greek traÌslateth it my Spirit shall not continue in these men The Chaldee paraphraseth This evill generation shall not continue before me for ever understanding as it seemeth by the Spirit mans naturall soule and life which God would take away by the Flood he also that is these also which are my peculiar professant people is flesh that is is fleshly not having the spirit but walking after their owne lusts as Iude vers 19. 16. The flesh and the Spirit are also thus opposed Rom. 7. 5. 6. and 8. 8. 9. Gal. 5. 16. 17. So the Chaldee here saith For that they are flesh and their workes evill And this is the state of all men in their first birth for that which is borne of the flesh is flesh Ioh. 3. 6. 120. yeares meaning that so long time by Noes preaching and building the Arke they should have space given them
to repent or else then to perish This long-sufferance of God the Apostle mentioneth in 1 Pet. 3. 19. 20. 2 Pet. 2. 5. and sheweth the summe and end of his preaching to be that they might bee judged according to men in the flesh but live according to God in the spirit 1 Pet. 4. 6. that is they repenting and turning unto Christ the body might be dead because of sinne but the spirit be life because of righteousnesse Rom. 8. 10. So the Chaldee here saith A terme shall bee given them of 120 yeares if they will convert So many were the yeeres of Moses life Deut 34. 7. Vers. 4. Gyants in Hebrew Nephilim which hath the signification of falling as being Apostates faine from God and being fierce and cruell to men falling on them as Iob. 1. 15. and whom they made by feare and force to fall before them Such were men of great stature that other men were as grashoppers in respect of them Num. 13. 33. The Chaldee calleth them Gibbaraja that is mighty men and so Nimrod was Gibbor that is mighty on the earth Gen. 10. 8. the Greeke nameth them Giganies whereof our English is derived and the Greeke Poets feyned them to be borne of the earth noting them to be earthly minded not caring for heaven and borne also of such parents after that that is as before so after God had threatned their destruction that they were not bettered or brought to repentance went in namely into the chamber as is expressed Iudg. 15. 1. and consequently companyed with them in like sense as knowing is used before Gen. 4. 1. So David went in to Bathsheba Psal. 51. 2. Abram to Agar Genes 16. 2. Iaakob to his wife Gen. 29. 21. a modest phrase they bare to weet the women last mentioned or they the men begat children to themselves The Hebrew implyeth both mighty men the Greeke translateth this also Giants and it seemeth to bee an explanation of their former name men of name that is of renowm famous and renowmed Contrary hereto is men without name Iob 30. 8. Vers. 5. wickednesse or malice evill every imagination or the whole fiction the word is generall for all and every thing that the heart first imagineth formeth purposeth 1 Chron. 28. 9. and 29. 18. Luke 1. 51. every day or all the day that is continually The Greeke translateth thus and every one mindeth in his heart carefully for evils all dayes Vers. 6. it repented Iohovah This is spoken not properly for God repenteth not 1 Sam. 15. 29. but after the manner of men for God changing his deed and dealing otherwise then before doth as men doe when they repent So 1 Sam. 15. 11. the earth hereby teaching that there was none on earth whom God respected So that but for the second man Christ the Lord from heaven 1 Cor. 15. 47. whom Noe beleeved in the world had now beene consumed So the Hebrew Doctors as the Zohan upon this place saith man on the earth to except the man above or the superior Adam who was not on the earth it grieved him The Scripture giveth to God joy griefe anger c. not as any passions or contrary affections for he is most simple and unchangeable Iam. 1. 17. but by a kind of proportion because he doth of his immutable nature and will such things as men doe with those passions and changes of affections So heart hands eyes and other parts are attributed to him for effecting such things as men cannot doe but by such members God is said to be grieved for the corruption of his creatures contrariwise when he restoreth them by his grace hee rejoyceth in them Esay 65. 19. Psal. 104. 31. Of these phrases spoken concerning God the Hebrew Doctors write thus Forasmuch as it is cleare that God is no corporall or bodily thing it is also cleare that not any corporall accident or occurrence doth befall unto him neither composition nor division nor place nor measure nor going up nor comming downe nor right hand nor left hand nor face nor back-parts nor sitting nor standing neither beginning nor ending nor number of yeares neither is he chaÌgeable for nothing can cause him to change Neither is there in him death or life as the life of a corporall living thing nor folly nor wisedome according to humane wisedome nor sleepe nor waking nor anger nor laughter nor joy nor griefe nor silence nor speech as the sonnes of Adam speake c. but all these and the like things spoken of him in the Law and Prophets are parabolicall and figurative As when it is said Hee that sitteth in the heaven doth laugh Psalm 2. and the like of all such our wise men have said The Law speaketh according to the language of the sonnes of Adam And so he saith Doe they provoke me to anger Ier. 7. 19. againe hee saith I am the Lord I change not Mal. 3. 6. and if he be sometime angry and sometime joyfull then is he changeable But all these things are not found save in persons obscure and base that dwell in houses of clay whose foundation is in the dust but he the blessed God is blessed and exalted above all these Maimony in Iesud hatorah chap. 1. S. 11. 12. Vers. 7. blot-out that is destroy and abolish from man that is both men and beasts For as the beasts were made for man Gen. 1. 28. so they became subject to vanity and destruction through mans iniquity Gen. 3. 17. Rom. 8. 20. Vers. 8. found grace that is obtained favour or mercies as the Chaldee translateth it So this phrase is interpreted in Greeke sometime finding grace Heb. 4. 16. sometime finding mercy 2. Tim. 1. 18. and grace is opposed unto workes and unto debt Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. And it is a speciall title of God that he is named Gracious Exod. 34. 6. and a speciall prerogative of his people that they find grace in his eyes as after of Lot Gen. 19. 19. of Moses Exod. 33. 12. of David Act. 7. 45. of Marie Luke 1. 30. And the letters of * ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Noes name are the letters of * ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Grace in Hebrew the order being changed ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã These three letters in the Hebrew Bibles do signifie the Parasha or great Section of Moses law which was a Lecture on the Sabbath day read in the Iewes Synagogues as is observed Act. 15. 21. to which was added a Lecture out of the Prophets Act. 13. 15. And the first Paragraph or Section which is from the creation hitherto they call Breshith that is In the beginning this second which reacheth to the twelvth Chapter they call Noe and so the rest There are in all 54. Sections in the Law which they read in the 52 Sabbaths joyning two of the shortest twice together that the whole might be finished in a yeares space Hereof the Hebrew Doctors write thus It is a common custome throughout all Israel that
which he condemned the world and became heyre of the justice which is by faith Heb. 11. 7. did or made it namely the Arke and all things appointed him of God Wherefore the Greeke so translateth Noe did or made all things and oftentimes a thing set downe thus generally is to bee understood of all and every particular the holy Ghost so expounding as in a like case Exod. 25. 40. looke and make them after their patterne that is looke thou make all things after the patterne Heb. 8. 5. So Deut. 27. 26. Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this law that is Cursed be every one that continueth not in all things written in the booke of the Law Gal. 3. 10. and sundry the like according to all so not onely the things themselves but the manner of doing them was according to the commandement of God Like praise was for the worke of the Tabernacle Exod. 39. 43. and 40. 16. CHAP. VII 1 God commandeth Noe and his house to enter into the Arke with beasts and fowles 7 Noe and they goe in 12 It raineth forty dayes and forty nights 17 the waters beare up the Arke 18 and drowne the earth 21 All that were on the dry land dyed 23 save Noe and those with him 24 The waters prevaile an hundred and fifty dayes ANd Iehovah said unto Noe Enter thou and all thy house into the Ark for thee have I seene just before mee in this generation Of every cleane beast thou shalt take to thee seven and seven the male and his female and of the beast which is not cleane two the male and his female Also of the fowle of the heavens seven and seven the male and the female to keepe alive seed upon the face of all the earth For seven dayes hence I will cause-it-to raine upon the earth forty dayes and forty nights and will blot-out every living substance that I have made from upon the face of the earth And Noe did according to all that Iehovah commanded him And Noe was sixe hundred yeeres old and the Flood was waters upon the earth And Noe went in and his sonnes and his wife and his sonnes wives with him into the Arke because of the waters of the Flood Of the cleane beast and of the beast which was not cleane and of the fowl and of every thing that creepeth upon the earth Two and two went in unto Noe into the Ark the male and the female even as God had commanded Noe. And it was at the seventh of the dayes that the waters of the Flood were upon the earth In the yeere the sixe hundred yeere of the life of Noe in the second moneth in the seventeenth day of the moneth in the same day all the fountaines of the great deepe were broken-up and the windowes of the heavens were opened And the raine was upon the earth forty dayes and forty nights In this selfe same day entred Noe and Sem and Cham and Iapheth the sonnes of Noe and the wife of Noe and the three wives of his sonnes with them into the Ark. They and every beast after his kind and all the cattell after their kind and every creeping-thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind and every fowle after his kind every bird of every wing And they went in unto Noe into the Ark two and two of all flesh which had in it the spirit of life And they that went in went in male and female of all flesh even as God had commanded him and Iehovah shut him in And the Flood was forty dayes upon the earth and the waters increased and bare-up the arke and it was lift-up from the earth And the waters prevailed and were increased greatly upon the earth and the arke went upon the face of the waters And the waters prevailed most exceedingly upon the earth and all the high mountaines that are under all the heavens were covered Fifteene cubits upwards did the waters prevaile and the mountaines were covered And all flesh that moved upon the earth gave up the ghost of fowle and of cattell and of beast and of every creeping-thing that creepeth upon the earth and every man All which had the breath of the spirit of life in his nostrils of all which was in the dry land they died And every living substance was blotted out which was upon the face of the earth from man unto cattell unto the creeping thing and unto the fowle of the heavens and they were blotted out from the earth and Noe onely remained and they that were with him in the arke And the waters prevailed upon the earth a hundred and fifty dayes Annotations ENter thou that is Betake thy selfe unto my tuition and providence who will save thee and thine from the wrath that commeth upon the world 2 Pet. 2. 5. A like speech is made unto the godly in Esa. 26. 20. just before me that is syncerely just by faith and so heyre of the justice which is by faith Heb. 11. 7. for no flesh is just before God by the workes of the Law Rom. 3. 20. Noc is also named a preacher of justice 2 Pet. 2. 5. The just before God are opposed to hypocrites which justifie themselves before men Luke 16. 15. Rom. 2. 29. in this generation that is among the men of this age which are called the world of ungodly ones 2 Pet. 2. 5. See Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 2. of every cleââe beast Of these there were after by Moses law two sorts some cleane for men to eate in common use such as were all that parted the ãâ¦ã two and chewed the cudd Lev. 11. 3. c. all other were uncleane And some that were clean for sacrifice to God which were either beeves or sheepe or goats Lev. 1. 2. 10. So of fowles many were counted cleane for mans meat Lev. 11. 13. 21. c. but for sacrifice to the Lord onely turâle doves and pigeons Lev. 1. 14. And all these sacrifices Abram offered Gen. 15. 9. and of every cleane beast and cleane fowle Noe offered a burnt offering after hee came out of the Arke Gen. 8. 20. wherefore by cleane beasts here such onely seeme to be meant as were sanctified of God for sacrifice which ordinances as appeareth were revealed of God to the Fathers from the beginning as divers others after written by Moses as clensing of mens persons and garments Gen. 35. 2. paying of tythes to the Priests Gen. 14. 20. offering of first fruits Gen. 4. 3. 4. and the like As for civill use all beasts seeme to be cleane to the sonnes of Noe for meat by that law in Gen. 9. 3. see the notes there By nature all Gods creatures are good Gen. 1. 31. and there is nothing uncleane of it selfe Rom. 14. 14. but onely by the institution of God to teach men holinesse and obedience Act. 10. 15. Lev. 11. 44. 45. and seven Hebr. seven seven that is by sevens or seven of each sort so after two two vers 9.
heavens and let us make us a name lest we be scattered-abroad upon the face of all the earth And Iehovah came downe to see the Citie and the Tower which the sons of men builded And Iehovah sayd Behold the people is one and they have all one lip and this they begin to doe and now there will not bee cut-off from them any thing that they have imagined to doe Goe too Let us goe-downe and let us confound there their lip that they may not heare every-man his neighbours lip And Iehovah scattered-them-abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth and they left-off to build the City Therefore is the name of it called Babel because there Iehovah confounded the lip of all the earth and from thence Iehovah scattered-them-abroad upon the face of all the earth These are the generations of Sem Sem was a hundred yeeres old and hee begat Arphaxad two yeeres after the flood And Sem lived after hee begat Arphaxad five hundred yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Arphaxad lived five thirty yeres and he begat Salah And Arphaxad lived after he begat Salah foure hundred yeeres and three yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Salah lived thirty yeeres and he begat Heber And Salah lived after hee begat Heber foure hundred yeres and three yeres and begat sons and daughters And Heber lived foure and thirty yeres and he begat Phaleg And Heber lived after hee begat Phaleg foure hundred yeeres and thirty yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Phaleg lived thirty yeeres and hee begat Ragau. And Phaleg lived after he begat Ragau two hundred yeeres and nine yeeres and begat sons and daughters And Ragau lived two and thirty yeeres and he begat Saruch And Ragau lived after he begat Saruch two hundred yeeres and seven yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Saruch lived thirty yeeres and hee begat Nachor And Saruch lived after hee begat Nachor two hundred yeeres and begat sons and daughters And Nachor lived nine twenty yeeres and hee begat Tharah And Nachor lived after he begat Tharah an hundred yeeres and nineteene yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Tharah lived seventy yeeres and he begat Abram Nachor and Haran And these are the generations of Tharah Tharah begat Abram Nachor and Haran and Haran begat Lot And Haran died before the face of Tharah his father in the land of his nativity in Vr of the Chaldees And Abram and Nachor tooke them wives the name of Abrams wife was Sarai and the name of Nachors wife Milcah the daughter of Haran the father of Milcah and the father of Iscah And Sarai was barren shee had no child And Tharah tooke Abram his son and Lot the sonne of Haran his sonnes son and Sarai his daughter-in-law the wife of Abram his sonne and they went forth with them from Vr of the Chaldees to goe to the land of Canaan and they came unto Charran and dwelt there And the dayes of Tharah were two hundred yeeres and five yeeres and Tharah dyed in Charran Annotations THe earth that is the inhabitants of the earth all nations Such words easie to be understood are often wanting the Scripture it selfe sometime maketh them plaine as will God dwell on the earth 1 King 8. 27. that is with men on the earth 2 Chr. 6. 18. and all lands and their land Esay 37. 18. is expounded nations and their land 2 King 19. 17. all the earth sought to see Solomon 1 King 10. 24. that is all the Kings of the earth as is expressed 2 Chron. 9. 23. See Gen. 6. 11. and 27. 46. of one lip that is as Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it of one tongue or language The like is in vers 6. and 7. So lips are languages 1 Cor. 14. 21. one speech or the same words This speech was Hebrew which after the confusion remained in Hebers family as the names of men doe plainly confirme So the Ierusalemy Thargum here saith they spake in the holy tongue wherewith the world was created at the beginning And this Hebrew tongue Adam and all the Patriarchs spake and Moses and the Prophets wrote the oracles of God in it and it was used of all the world the space of seventeene hundred and fifty seven yeeres till Phaleg sonne of Heber was borne and Babel towre in building which was an hundred yeeres after the flood Gen. 10. 25. and 11. 9. After that it was in use among the Hebrews or Iewes called therefore the Iewes-language Esay 36. 11. untill they were caried captive into Babylon where the holy tongue ceased from common use among men and mixed Hebrew came in place So now of a long time none in the world speaketh naturally the language of Adam and of the old world but it is gotten with study and learning This great labour hath God laid on the sonnes of man Vers. 2. Shimar or Senaar which was also named Chaldea and as the Chaldee paraphrast translateth it Babylon the land of Nimrod see before Gen. 10. 10. Thargum Ierusalemy calleth it Pontus Vers. 3. Goe too or Come on Hebr. give a word of exhortation So vers 4. and 7. make or forme as brickes with a burning or to a burning that is thorowly or as the Greeke saith with fire Thus wanting stones they devised matter to make their cursed building slime a kind of naturall lime that was found there in pits and rivers which served for building as well or better then artificiall morter In Hebrew the words differ but little they had chemer naturall lime for chomer artificiall lime or morter So Gen. 14. 10. Compare herewith the heavenly Ierusalem whose wals are garnished with all precious stones Rev. 21. 19. 1 Pet. 2. 5 Vers. 4. the top Hebr. the head and here the word reach or the like is to be understood for so the Scripture oft speaketh with brevity as the ark under curtaines 1 Chron. 17. 1. that is remaining under curtaines 2 Sam. 7. 1. the men of war by night 2 King 25. 4. that is fled by night Ier. 52. 7. and many the like See Gen. 13. 9. and 23. 13. And by the head reaching to heaven is meant a very high towre as Deut. 1. 28. Mat. 11. 23. and Babylon afterwards used like proud speeches Esay 14. 13. 14. a name meaning a great name to bee renowmed and famous as where one Prophet saith I have made thee a name 1 Chron. 17. 8. another explaineth it a great name 2 Sam. 7. 9. See also 2 Sam. 8. 13. This word name is sometime put for God himselfe Lev. 24. 11. 16. whose name is a strong tower into which the righteous runneth and is set aloft Prov. 18. 10. and to walke in his name is to keepe his faith and true religion Mich. 4. 5. contrary to which some doe thinke this tower of Babel was builded as R. Menachem on this place citeth some that said Name here meaneth nothing but Idolatry And Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth this building to be
2 Sam. 24. 11. 1 Sam. 9. 9. and a prophesie is named a vision Esay 1. 1. for to his Prophets God spake by visions Num. 12. 6. and Abram is of God himselfe named a Prophet Gen. 20. 7. feare not that is be not dismayed or overcome with feare so feare not Mat. 28. 5. is bee not astonyed Mark 16. 6. The Prophets were sometime terrified with visions as Dan. 10. 7. 8. 11. 12. though this may also imply other discomforts which Abram had as his answer sheweth a shield that is a protection as the name of a shield in the Hebrew signifieth so the Greeke saith I will protect thee the Chaldee paraphraseth my word shall be thy strength A like promise is to all Gods people in Psal. 115. 9. 10. 11. great or as the Greeke translateth shall be very much Abram had sowne righteousnesse and therefore should reape a faithfull reward Prov. 11. 18. though he were not enriched by the King of Sodom Gen. 14. 22. 23. Vers. 2. Lord in Hebr. Adonai which signifieth my stayes or pillars implying in it a mystery of the holy Trinity and fitly spoken here to God the Lord of heaven and earth Mat. 11. 25. who as a base sustained Abram in all infirmities It is written here with long A in the end and so is proper to God having the vowels of Iehovah when it is written with a short a it is applied to creatures In in the forme singular Adón Lord or susteyner it is also ascribed unto God the Lord of all the earth Psal. 97. 5. and in the forme plurall Adonim as Mal. 1. 6. If I be Adonim a Lord where is my feare Iehovih or God in Greeke Lord this name is usually thus written when it is joyned with the former Adonai and it hath the consonant letters of Iehovah and the vowels of Aelohim God and where one Prophet writeth Adonai Iehovih as here 2 Sam. 7. 18. aââther writing the same saith Iehovah Aelohim 1 Chron. 17. 16. It is of the same signification that Iehovah whereof see Gen. 2. 4. goe childlesse by going the Ierusalemy paraphrast understandeth going out of the world as fearing he should dye childlesse and so the promise before given should be frustrate Gen. 12. 3. and 13. 15. 16. So also the Greeke translateth I am let depart as Simeon speaketh in Luke 2. 29. childlesse The Hebrew well beareth this sense for thou shalt goe with thy fathers 1 Chron. 17. 11. is expounded thou shalt sleepe or lye downe with thy fathers 2 Sam. 7. 12. the steward or administrator dispenser Hebr. ben meshek the son of administration or of running about or sonne of leaving that is the man that runnes about and administreth or to whom I leave the affaires of mine house such we call a Steward So the Chaldee saith bar parnesaah that is son of feeding governing or procuration meaning the Steward whose duty is to give the family their portion of meat in due season Luke 12. 42. Vnder this name he may also intend one to whom hee should leave his house after his decease But Abram had one principall old servant ruler of all that he had Gen. 24. 2. of whom this seemeth to bee meant Eliezer of Damaskus or the Damaskean Eliezer as the Chaldee hath it Damaskus being put for a man of Damaskus as Israel 1 King 12. 18. is put for the sonnes of Israel 2 Chron. 10. 18. though some take Damaskus in Hebr. Dammesek to bee the name of a man here Of Eliezer or Eliazar as the name is written in Exod. 6. 25. is formed Lazer by leaving out the first letter as in other countries they used in Greek Lazaros whom Christ in the Parable maketh to sit in heaven in Abrahams bosome Luke 16. 23. that is to banquet with him next unto him as Mat. 8. 11. Ioh. 13. 23 Vers. 3. seed that is a child as the Chaldee expoundeth it son of my house that is my houshold servant or bondman borne so in Eccl. 2. 7. I got men-servants and women-servants and I had sonnes of the house that is home-borne-slaves so called to distinguish them from sonnes of the wombe Prov. 31. 2. Iob 19. 17. See before Gen. 14. 14. also Gen. 17. 12. Ier. 2. 14. is mine heyre or inheriteth that is as the Greeke translateth shall inherit mee shall possesse and enjoy all that I have So to inherit Gad Ier. 49. 1. which is there explained to dwell in his cities Vers. 4. And behold the Greeke turneth it And straight way it noteth Gods speedy helpe of Abrams infirmity shall come out that is the sonne of thine owne body opposed to the sonne of the house or servant aforesaid So the Chaldee translateth a sonne whom thou shalt beget A like promise was to David 2 Sam 7. 12. thy seed after thee which shall come out of thy bowels for which in 1 Chron. 17. 11 is written which shall be of thy sonnes Vers. 5. the starres which cannot by man bee numbred Ierem. 33. 22. onely God counteth their number and calleth them all by names Psal. 147. 4. Before in Gen. 13. 16. God promised him seed like the dust of the earth here like the stars of heaven that might signifie his naturall seed this his spirituall and heavenly as the Apostle teacheth us two sorts of Abrams children Rom. 9. 7. 8. Gal. 4. 22. 24 c. Hereupon the Israelites are in Iosephs dreame and in Daniels vision called starres and the host of heaven Gen. 37. 9. 10. Dan. 8. 10. In Gen. 22. 17. Abrams seed are compared with the starres of heaven and sand of the sea so shall thy seed be and so it was fulfilled in Moses time Deut. 1. 10. and 10. 22. and this promise was after renewed to Abram Gen. 22. 17. and to Isaak Gen. 26. 4. and in them to Israel Exod. 32. 13. Vers. 6. he beleeved or had faith This is the first place where faith or beleefe is expresly spoken of in Scripture and is found in Abram called the father of all beleevers Rom. 4. 11. 12. 16. and hath imputation of justice added to it because under this promise Abram saw and beleeved in Christ and it was before either the law was given or circumcision ordained Gal. 3. 16. 17. Rom. 4. 10. Wherefore Abrams faith is highly commended in that against hope he beleeved in hope that he should become the father of many nations according to that which was spoken So shall thy seed be And being not weake in faith he considered not his owne body now dead being about an hundred yeeres old or the deadnesse of Saraes wombe he staggered not at the promise of God through unbeleefe but was strong in faith giving glory to God and being fully perswaded that what hee had promised he was able also to performe and therefore it was imputed unto him for justice Rom. 4. 18. 22. The Hebrew word for beleeved meaneth that hee thought and trusted the words of God as sure certaine
2. give that is dispose and make my covenant or testament see Gen. 9. 12. and 6. 18. betweene me the Chaldee interpreteth it betweene my Word so after in v 7. 10. 11. See also Gen 9. 12. in very much abundance Hebr. in abundance abundance or vehemently vehemently so after in v. 6. and often Vers. 3. fell in reverence to Gods word and majesty and in thankfulnesse for this mercy See the like humiliation in Lev. 9. 24. Ezek. 1. 29. and 3. 23. Dan. 8. 17. Vers. 4. As for me Hebr. I the Greeke addeth And I. a father or for afather but the word for may be omitted in English as the Greeke here also doth and sometime the Hebrew it selfe as I will be for a lying spirit 2 Chron. 18. 21. that is I will be a lying spirit 1 King 22. 22. The New Testament in Greeke often keepeth the Hebraisme as Heb. 1. 5. c. a multitude that is of many nations as Paul expoundeth it Rom. 4. 16. 17. where the Apostle sheweth a twofold seed that which is of the Law and that which is of the Faith of Abraham who is the father of us all So by the multitude of nations is meant besides his naturall posterity all Christian beleevers in the world Gal. 3. 28. 29. who should inherit from him as children receive inheritance from their fathers the justice that is by faith and blessednesse accompanying the same through the covenant of grace propagated by Abrams doctrine and example see Rom. 4. and Gal. 3. To this the Hebrew Canons doe accord A stranger say they bringeth first-fruits c. for it was said to Abraham a father of a multitude of nations have I given thee to be Gen. 17. 5. Behold he is father of all the world which shall be gathered under the wings of the Majesty of God Maimony in Misn. treat of First fruits chap. 4. Sect. 3. Vers. 5. Abraham Abram signifieth A high father and the first letter of Hamon that is a multitude being put unto it maketh Abraham as if it were Abrahamon that is A high Father of a multitude of nations Abram is the first man in the world whose name is changed of God and it signified a change of estate and a renewing with increase of grace from God therefore this is after mentioned as one of his favours Neh. 9. 7. So Iakobs name is made new Gen. 32. 28. and all true Christians Esa. 62. 2. Rev. 2. 17. But Isaaks name was not changed for it was given him of God before his birth Gen. 17. 19. given that is freely made or as the Greeke interpreteth put thee and this the Apostle followeth in Rom. 4. 17. So Gen. 9. 12. and after here in vers 6. will give thee to be nations that is will make nations of thee Vers. 6. Kings as David Solomon and the rest of Israel besides the Kings of Edom and other Also the faithfull Kings of the Gentiles Revel 21. 24. Vers. 7. thy seed thy children especially Isaak verse 19. for in Isaak was his seed called Gen. 21. 12. So the children of the flesh are not the children of God but the children of the promise are counted for the seed Rom 9. 8. everlasting Hebr. covenant of eternity Although the outward signes and manner of dispensing this covenant were temporary and changeable as Circumcision into Baptisme Col. 2. 11. 12. yet the covenant it selfe remaineth one in substance for ever being stâblished by the blood of Christ the great Pastor Heb. 13. 20. Luke 1. 69. 72. 73. a God or for a God unto thee that is thy God as the Greeke translateth it Herein consisteth the power and life of the everlasting covenant whereby God himselfe his power wisedome goodnesse mercy c. is applyed unto man for blessing and salvation and wee are by adoption made the children of God 2 Cor. 6. 16. 18. For blessed is the people whose God Iehovah is Psal. 144. 15. they shall be delivered out of miseries Rev. 21. 3. 4. raised up from the dead Mat. 22. 31. 32. and God hath prepared for them an heavenly Citie Heb. 11. 16. Vers. 8. of thy sojournings that is as the Greeke explaineth it which thou sojournest in For God gave Abraham no inheritance in it no not so much as to set his foot on Acts 7. 5. but he by faith sojourned in the land of promise as in a strange country Heb. 11. 9. So this land figured unto him the kingdome of heaven as is shewed on Gen. 12. 4. But the rebellious sonnes of Abraham after they had full possession of Canaan are in another sense called sojourners there Ezek. 20. 38. and 11. 15. as being rather usurpers then lawfull possessors of that land everlasting so in Esay he saith thy people shall possesse the land for ever Esay 60. 21. howbeit they possessed the earthly land but a little while Esa. 63. 18. but the eternall inheritance was to be received by Christ reserved in the heavens for them and us Heb. 9. 15. 1 Pet. 1. 4. Vers. 9. thy seed thy children as before in v. 7. meaning al the faithful Herupon the Hebrew Doctors say Circumcision was commanded unto Abraham and his seed onely as it is written thou and thy seed after thee Gen. 17. 9. The seed of Ismael is excepted as it is written For in Isaak shall seed be called to thee Gen. 21. 12. And Esau is excepted for loe Isaak said to Iakob And he give to thee the blessing of Abraham to thee and to thy seed Gen. 28. 4. It is a generall rule that he onely is Abrahams seed that retaineth his law and his right way and these are they that ought to be circumcised Maimony in Misneh treat of Kings ch 10. S. 7. Vers. 10. my covenant that is the signe of my covenant or testament as is explained in verse 11. Hereupon are those usuall speeches when the signes and the things signified are named alike as the covenant of circumcision Act. 7. 8. the Lamb is the Lords Passeover Exod. 12. 11. the bread is Christs body Mat. 26. 17. 18. and many the like circumcised This word signifieth a cutting-offround-about to weet of the foreskin of the flesh So it was with shedding of blood and much paine and sorenesse to the flesh Exod. 4. 25. 26. Gen. 34. 25. It figured the circumcision that is the mortification of the heart and spirit in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh Deut. 10. 16. Rom. 2. 29. Col. 2. 11. and so it was a seale of the righteousnesse of faith Rom. 4. 11. Vers. 11. superfluous-foreskin The Hebrew Gnorlah signifieth a superfluity and stoppage that hindereth the due effect and operation of a thing and the Greeke Acrobustia which the Apostle useth in Rom. 2. 25. is in speciall that superfluity which is on the top of mans flesh to weet on the member of generation the foreskin that covereth the secret part Which God here commandeth to bee cut quite off as a signe of
gentle-mercy or for the mercifull sparing that is the Lord being mercifull and sparing him as the Greeke translateth The word importeth gentlenesse and loving affection or commiseration as wherby men are spared from punishment So in Esa. 63. 9. in his love in his gentle mercy God redeemed his people Vers. 17. that he or then he said meaning the Lord I ãâ¦ã h as appeareth v. 18. 24. who it seemeth was new come from Abraham to Sodom Genesis 18. 22. 33. thy soule that is thy life for so the Scripture usually speaketh as keepe his soule Iob 2. 6. that is spare his life to seeke the soule is to seeke ones life Exod. 4. 19. Mat. 2. 20. See also Gen. 2. 7. and 37. 21. looke not this commandement as the like in Gen. 2. 17. was given not to Lot alone but to his wife and children as the event sheweth vers 26. and forbiddeth all affectation of worldly things which draweth from ready obedience unto God Compare Luke 9. 62. Phil. 3. 13. 14. Mat. 24. 16. 17. 18. to the mount The mountaines are sometime spoken of as places of safety Mat. 24. 16. figuring Gods providence and protection Psalm 121. 1. and 125. 2. Esay 2. 2. Vers. 18. Lord or my Lords for the Hebrew Adonai by reason of the pawse is here doubtfull whether it be the title of God or of men For the Chaldee putteth for it Lords but the Greek Lord and the words following are directed to one though before he spake to them See Gen. 15. 2. and 18. 3. Vers. 19. cleave unto me the Greeke saith take hold on me Herein Lot shewed his weak faith not resting in Gods word wherefore the place which he chose for safety secured him not but for feare he left it ver 30. Vers. 20. to flee that is for me to flee as the Greek translateth See Gen. 6. 19. and 23. 8. Vers. 21. accept thy face or lift up thy face that is doe respect and so will gratifie thee and grant thy request in this thing Thus the Lord doth the desire of them that feare him Psal. 145. 19. This phrase of accepting the face is usuall for shewing of favour to any which sometime is spoken in the ill part and commonly called respect of persons and then it is denyed of God Deut. 10. 17. and forbidden to men Deut. 16. 19. The Greeke expresseth it by ethaúmasa to prosopon which here and in sundry other places meaneth an honourable regard and estimation of ones face or suit in which sense the Apostle useth it Iude v. 16. against such as would respect the face or gratifie men for profits sake The contrary whereto is to turne away the face of any which is to say one nay or deny their request 1 King 2. 16. 20. Vers. 22. any thing or the thing to weet now in hand Heb. a word he called that is every one or it was called See the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Zoar or Zogor in Greeke Sigor and else-where Sogor in the Latine Segor by interpretation Litle before it was called Bela Gen. 14. 2. Vers. 23. came forth ever or arose upon the earth This time of the morning was fittest to shew the light of grace arisen to Lot and how in prosperity affliction shall come upon the wicked and they not know the morning thereof as Esay 47. 11. For the rising of the Sun is a signe of favour from the Lord Mat. 5. 45. but unto Sodom it is the time of vengeance Hence Christ saith as it was in the dayes of Lot they did eate they dranke they bought they sold they plâââed they builded but the day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven and destroyed them all even thus shall it bee in the day when the son of man is revealed Luke 17. 28. 29. 30. Vers. 24. and upon Gomorra with two other cities not here expressed Admah and Seboim Deut. 29. 23. brimstone this added to fire increaseth it Esay 30. 33. and so is used in Scripture to signifie increase of torment for the wicked and the second death Rev. 14. 10. and 19. 20. and 20. 10. and 21. 8. And of these Cities it is said besides their temporall judgement that they suffer the vengeance of eternall fire Iude ver 7. and are made an ensample to those that after should live ungodly 2 Pet. 2. 6. So the Hebrew Doctors say The men of Sodom have no part or inheritance in the world to come as it is written The men of Sodom were wicked and sinners before the Lord exceedingly Gen. 13. 13 wicked in this world and sinners in the world to come Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chapt Chelek This judgment of burning was answerable to Sodoms sin that burned in bruitish lust man towards man so Nadab and Abihu that transgressed with fire are burned with fire Lev. 10. 1. 2. Others sinning by shedding of blood have blood to drink Rev. 16. 6. Exod. 7. 20. 21. Vers. 25. overthrew this word noteth a sudden unevitable and perpetuall destruction whereupon the Prophet saith the Lord overthrew them and repented not Ier. 20. 16. and the Apostle saith he condemned them with an ouerthrow 2 Pet. 2. 6. and in Lam. 4. 6. Sodom was overthrowne even in a moment and no hands stayed on her and to the perpetuall desolation of these Cities there is allusion in Esay 13. 19. 20. Ier. 50. 40. Zoph 2. 9. yet the punishment of them that despise the Gospell shall bee greater then Sodoms Mat. 11. 24. that which grew or the bud of the ground so that in the plaine where these cities stood there grew no good thing after to this day but it became a dead and loathsome lake called the dead sea and sea of salt see Gen. 14. 3. Zoph 2. 9. Deut. 29. 23. So the Rabbines say Of the wickednesse of the five Cities even to this day the wast land that smoaketh is a testimony and plants bearing fruit that never come to ripenesse Wisd. 10. 7. Vers. 26. from behind him the Greeke translateth it unto the things behind which phrase is used in Luke 9. 62. Phil. 3. 14. This being done contrary to the commandement vers 17. and with a corrupt affection in her God did severely punish and she is a warning to all as Christ saith hee that is in the field let him not returne to the things behind remember Lots wife Luke 17. 31. 32. was a pillar or became a pillar or statue of salt and so she had part of the plagues of Sodom which was brimstone and salt that it became a sea of salt Deut. 29. 23. Gen. 14. 3. And this her statue or pillar stood for a memoriall to others that they may bee the better seasoned This salt pillar continued long Iosephus a Iewish historian after Christs life on earth writeth that he did see it Antiqu. 1. booke chapt 12. and so others since his time Vers. 27. had stood the Chaldee addeth stood in prayer see Gen. 18. 22.
south parts of Canaan are noted to bee in Iudg. 1. 15. Hereupon grew that betweene Isaak and the Philistines for wells of water Gen. 26. 18. 20. 21. The Greeke for well translateth wells as being many and indeed Abraham had there moe wells then one as appeareth by Gen. 26 15. 18. and it is usuall in scripture to put one for many as is obserued on Gen. 3. 2. and 4. 20. Albeit the 30. vers sheweth rather one speciall to be here meant where also the Greek speaketh of one Vers. 31. Beer sheba by interpretation the well of the oath as the Greeke translateth it and the words following doe confirme or the well of seven because of the 7 lambes forementioned for Sheba usually signifieth seven and Shebuah an oath See also Gen. 26. 33. they sware or were sworne for swearing is alwaies expressed in Hebrew in the forme passive to be sworne because it is with a passion of the mind and offred or occasioned by another It hath also the signification of seven which is a mysticall number Gen. 2. 2. The reason hereof some thinke to be because it is confirmed as by seven that is by many witnesses or as having reference to the seven spirits that are before the throne of God Rev. 1. 4. the seven hornes and seven eyes of the Lambe Christ which are the seven spirits of God sent into all the world Rev. 5. 6. Wherefore Abrahams seven lambes seeme to bee not without mystery Vers. 33. he planted that is Abraham planted as the Greeke expresseth which sheweth his purpose and hope here long to continue a tree or a grove that is a plot of trees the Greeke saith hee planted a field the Ierusalemy Thargum translateth it a paradise or orchard and it is usuall to put one for many see Gen. 3. 2. The Hebrew Aeshel is used also for a tree in 1 Sam. 22. 6. and 31. 13. which another Prophet rehearsing calleth Aelah that is an Oake 1 Chron. 10. 12. It is before recorded that Abram had such trees by his tent under whose coole shadow men sate and were refreshed in that hot Country Gen. 18. 1 4 8. but by that which here followeth that hee called there on the name of the Lord it is also probable that this plantation was for religious use which before the Law given by Moses might bee lawfull and was used generally of the nations Deut. 12. 2. but after was forbidden when God had chosen a place of worship Yet as from Abrahams example offring his sonne Isaak Gen. 22. the Iewes would superstitiously sacrifice their children Ier. 7. 31. and 19. 5. so from Abrahams grove they used groves for religious use and sacrificed under greene trees 2 King 17. 10. Ier. 17. 2. Esay 57. 5. But God forbad such things Deut. 16. 21. yet the heathen Romans commanded them saying Lucos in agris habento Leg. 12. tab de relig lex 2. eternall God or God of eternitie or of the World But the Greeke translateth eternall and so God is called in Rom. 16. 26. Here is the first place where this title was given him Ver. 34 many daies or yeres as Gen. 4. 3. Thus God gave some rest to this weary pilgrim hee dwelled here still when Isaak was offred which was in the 33. yeere of his life Gen. 22. 19. and how long after is uncertaine CHAP. XXII 1 Abraham is tempted tr offer-up Isaak 3 Hee giveth proofe of his faith and obedience 11 The Angell stayeth him 13 Isaak is exchanged with aram 14 The place is called Iehovah jireh 15 Abraham is blessed againe 20 The generations of Nahor unto Rebekah ANd it was after these things that God did tempt Abraham and said unto him Abraham and hee said Behold here I am And he said Take now thy son thy onely son whom thou lovest even Isaak and goe thou into the land of Morijah and offer him there for a burnt-offering upon one of the mountaines which I shall say unto thee And Abraham rose-earely in the morning and sadled his asse and tooke two of his yongmen with him and Isaak his sonne and clave the wood of the burnt-offring and rose-up and went unto the place which God had said unto him In the third day then Abraham lifted vp his eyes and saw the place afarre-off And Abraham said unto his yongmen abide you here with the asse and I and the yong-man will goe yonder and we will bow-downe our-selves and we will returne unto you And Abraham tooke the wood of the burnt-offring and put it upon Isaak his son and he took in his hand the fire and the knife and they went both of them together And Isaak said unto Abraham his father said my father and he said Behold I am here my son and he said Behold here is the fire and the wood but where is the lambe for a burnt-offring And Abraham said God will provide himselfe a lamb for a burnt-offring my son and they went both of them together And they came to the place which God had said unto him and Abraham builded there an altar and layd the wood in order and bound Isaak his son and put him on the altar upon the wood And Abraham thrust forth his hand and tooke the knife to kill his son And the Angell of Iehovah called unto him out of the heavens and said Abraham Abraham and he said loe here I am And he said Put not forth thy hand unto the yong-man neither doe thou any-thing to him for now I know that thou fearest God and thou hast not with-held thy sonne thy onely son from me And Abraham lifted-up his eyes and saw and behold a ramme behind holden in a thicket by his hornes and Abraham went and tooke the ram and offred him for a burnt-offring in stead of his son And Abraham called the name of that place Iehovah Iireh of which it is said to this day in the mountaine of Iehovah it shal be seene And the Angel of Iehovah called unto Abraham the second time out of the heauens And hee said By my selfe have I sworne assuredly saith Iehovah that for because thou hast done this thing and hast not with-held thy son thy onely son Surely blessing I will blesse thee and multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the starres of the heavens and as the sand which is upon the sea shore and thy seed shall possesse the gate of his enemies And in thy seed shall all nations of the earth blesse themselves because that thou hast obeyed my voyce And Abraham returned unto his yong men and they rose up and went together to Beersheba and Abraham dwelt in Beersheba And it was after these things that it was told Abraham saying Behold Milcah she also hath borne sonnes unto thy brother Nachor Vz his first borne and Buz his brother and Kemuel the father of Aram. And Kesed and Chazo and Pildash and Iidlaph and Bethuel And Bethuel begat Rebekah these eight did Milcah beare to Nachor
Gen. 20. 16. V. 16. currant or passing to and so allowed of Merchants as the Greek turneth it which the Chaldee amplifieth thus that was taken for merchandise in every Countrey Vers. 17. was made sure the Hebrew is stood up that is was made stable sure and confirmed as the Greek translateth it in the last verse of this chapter And this purchase thus assured to Abraham was a propheticall signe that his posterity should have the inheritance of that land even as Ieremies buying of his uncles field before witnesses was a signe of the Iewes returne into the possession of this land Ier. 32. 7. 9. 10. 15. 43. 44. Vers. 19. in the cave or deâ thus carefully bought and described where it lay for a monument to posterity In this cave also Abraham himselfe was buried with his wife at his death Gen. 25. 9. Likewise Isaak his sonne with Rebekah his wife and Iaakob with Leah his wife Gen. 49. 31. and 50. 13. The Patriarchs hereby testifying their faith in the promises of God for the inheritance of this land and of life eternall figured hereby as before is observed on v. 4. Herewith may bee compared the purchase of the potters field bought with the price of Christs blood to bury strangers in Mat. 27. CHAP. XXIV 1 Abraham sweareth his servant to take a wife for Isaak not of the Canaanites but of his own kinred 8 The conditions of the oath 10 The servants journey 12 his prayer 14 his signe 15 Rebekah meeteth him 18 fulfilleth his signe 22 receiveth jewels 23 sheweth her kinred 25 and inviteth him home 26 The servant blesseth God 28 Laban entertaineth him 34 The servant sheweth his message and what had befalne him by the way 50 Laban and Bethuel acknowledge Gods worke and grant Rebekah for a wife unto Isaak 58 Rebekah also consenteth to goe 62 Isaak walking out to meditate in the field meeteth her 67 She is brought into Sarahs tent and becommeth Isaaks beloved wife ANd Abraham was old was come into dayes and Iehovah had blessed Abraham in all things And Abraham said unto his servant the eldest of his house that ruled over all that he had put I pray thee thy hand under my thigh And I will make thee swear by Iehovah God of the heavens and God of the earth that thou shalt not take a wife unto my son of the daughters of the Canaanite among whom I dwell But thou shalt goe unto my land and unto my kinred and shalt take a wife unto my son Isaak And the servant said unto him If so be the woman will not be willing to goe after me unto this land shal I returning return thy son unto the land from whence thou camest-out And Abraham said unto him Beware thou least thou returne my son thither Iehovah God of the heavens which tooke mee from my fathers house and from the land of my kinred and which spake unto me and which sware unto mee saying unto thy seed will I give this land he will send his Angell before thee and thou shalt take a wife unto my son from thence And if the woman will not be willing to go after thee then shalt thou be cleare from this my oath only thou shalt not returne my son thither And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his lord and sware to him concerning this matter And the servant tooke ten camels of the camels of his lord went and all the goods of his lord in his hand and he arose went to Mesopotamia unto the city of Nachor And hee made the camels to kneele downe without the Citie by a well of water at the time of the evening at the time that women which draw water goe forth And he said Iehovah God of my lord Abraham I pray thee bring it-to-passe before mee this day and doe mercy unto my lord Abraham Behold I stand by the well of water and the daughters of the men of the citie come-out to draw water And let it be that the damsel to whom I shall say bow downe I pray thee thy pitcher and let me drinke and shee shall say drinke thou and I will give thy camels drinke also be the same thou hast evidently-appointed for thy servant Isaak and therby shall I know that thou hast done mercy unto my lord And it was before he had made an end of speaking that behold Rebekah came-out who was born to Bethuel son of Milcah the wife of Nachor Abrahams brother and her pitcher upon her shoulder And the damsell was of a very good countenance a virgin neither had any-man knowne her and shee went down to the well and filled her pitcher and came-up And the seruant ran to meet her and he said let me drinke I pray thee a little water out of thy pitcher And she said drinke my lord and she hasted and let down her pitcher upon her hand and gave him drinke And she made-an-end of giving him drinke and said I will draw for thy camels also untill they have made-an-end of drinking And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough and ran againe unto the well to draw and drew for all his camels And the man wondring at her held his peace to know whether Iehovah had prospered his way or not And it was when the camels had made-an-end of drinking that the man tooke an earering of gold half a shekel was the weight therof two bracelets for her hands ten shekels of gold was the weight of them And he said whose daughter art thou tel me I pray thee is there in thy fathers house place for us to lodge And she said unto him I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah whom she bare unto Nachor And she said unto him with us is both straw and provender enough place also to lodge And the man bended-down-the-head and bowed-himselfe unto Iehovah And hee said Blessed be Iehovah God of my lord Abraham who hath not left off his mercy and his truth from with my lord I being in the way Iehovah led me to the house of the brethren of my lord And the damsell ran and told her mothers house according to these words And Rebekah had a brother and his name was Laban and Laban ranne unto the man without unto the well And it was when he saw the earering and the bracelets upon his sisters hands and when hee heard the words of Rebekah his sister saying thus spake the man unto mee that hee came unto the man and behold hee was standing by the camels at the well And hee sayd Come in thou the blessed of Iehovah wherefore standest thou without and I have prepared the house and place for the camels And the man came into the house and hee ungirded the camels and he gave straw and provender for the camels and water to wash his feet and the feet of the men that were with him And there was set meat before him to eat and he said I
2. These were of the worst sort of people in the land Ezek. 16. 3. Vers. 35. a bitternesse of spirit that is a griefe of mind through their bitter provocation and rebellious cariage so that they were yrked of their life by reason of them Gen. 27. 46. Or of a rebellious spirit resisting their parents This latter the Greeke followeth calling them Contentious with Isaak and Rebekah and the Chaldee saith they were rebellious and stubborne against the word of Isaak and Rebekah unto which the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth that they served God with strange service that is idolatry and received not the instruction either of Isaak or of Rebekah See Gen. 27. 46. CHAP. XXVII 1 Isaak sendeth Esau for venison purposing to eat and blesse him before his death 5 Rebekah instructeth Iakob to obtaine the blessing 15 Iakob under the person of Esau obtaineth it 30 Esau bringeth venison 33. Isaak trembleth 34 Esau complaineth and by importunity obtaineth a blessing 41 He threatneth to kill Iakob 42 Rebekah disappointeth it ANd it was when Isaak was old and his eyes were dimme that he could not see then called hee Esau his elder son and said unto him my son and hee said unto him Behold here am I. And he said Behold now I am old I know not the day of my death And now take I pray thee thy wepons thy quiver and thy bow and goe out to the field and hunt for me venison And make for me savoury-meats such as I love and bring it to me that I may eat that my soule may blesse thee before I dye And Rebekah heard when Isaak spake to Esau his sonne and Esau went to the field to hunt for venison for to bring it And Rebekah said unto Iakob her son saying Behold I heard thy father speaking unto Esau thy brother saying Bring me venison and make for me savoury-meats that I may eat and I will blesse thee before Iehovah before my death And now my sonne obey my voice according to that I doe command thee Goe now unto the flocke and take to me from thence two good kids of the goats and I will make them savoury-meats for thy father such as he loveth And thou shalt bring them to thy father that he may eat for that hee may blesse thee before his death And Iakob said to Rebekah his mother Behold Esau my brother is a hairy man and I a smooth man If so be my father shall feele me then shall I be in his eyes as a deceiver and I shall bring upon me a curse and not a blessing And his mother said unto him Vpon me be thy curse my sonne Onely obey my voice and goe take them unto me And he went and tooke and brought them to his mother and his mother made savoury-meats such as his father loved And Rebekah tooke the desireable garments of Esau her elder sonne which were with her in the house and put them upon Iakob her yonger sonne And the skinns of the kids of the goats she put upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck And she gave the savoury-meats and the bread which shee had made into the hand of Iakob her sonne And he came unto his father and said my father and hee said Behold here I am who art thou my sonne And Iakob said unto his father I am Esau thy firstborn I have done even as thou spakest unto mee Arise I pray thee sit and eate of my venison that thy soule may blesse me And Isaak said unto his son How is this that thou hast so soon found it my son And hee said because Iehovah thy God brought it to passe before me And Isaak said unto Iakob Come neere I pray thee and let me feele thee my sonne whether thou be the same my sonne Esau or not And Iakob went-neere unto Isaak his father and he felt him and he said the voice is the voice of Iakob and the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not because his hands were as the hands of Esau his brother hairy and he blessed him And he said art thou the same my sonne Esau And he said I. And he said Bring-neere unto me and I will eat of my sonnes venison that my soule may blesse thee and hee brought it neere to him and he did eat and he brought unto him wine and hee dranke And Isaak his father said unto him Come neere now and kisse me my sonne And he came neere and kissed him and he smelled the smell of his garments and blessed him and said See the smell of my sonne is as the smell of a field the which Iehovah hath blessed And God give unto thee of the dew of the heavens and of the fatnesses of the earth and multitude of corne and of new-wine Let peoples serve thee and nations bow-downe themselves unto thee be thou a master to thy brethren and let thy mothers sonnes bow-downe-themselves unto thee Cursed be every one of them that curse thee and blessed be every one of them that blesse thee And it was when as Isaak had made an end of blessing Iakob and it was that Iakob was but going gone out from the presence of Isaak his father that Esau his brother came in from his hunting And he also made savoury meats brought them to his father and said unto his father Let my father arise and eate of his sonnes venison that thy soule may blesse me And Isaak his father said unto him who art thou and he said I am thy son thy first borne Esau And Isaak trembled with a very vehement great trembling said Who where is he that hath hunted venison broght it unto me I have eaten of all ere thou camest and have blessed him yea and he shall bee blessed When Esau heard the words of his father then cryed-he-out with an outcry great and bitter very vehemently and said unto his father Blesse me mee also my father And he said Thy brother came with guile and he hath taken thy blessing And he said Is it because his name was called Iakob for hee hath supplanted me these two-times he tooke my first-birthright and behold now he hath taken my blessing and he said hast thou not reserved a blessing for me And Isaak answered and said unto Esau Loe I have appointed him to be a master over thee and all his brethren have I given to him for servants and with corne and new wine have I sustained him and unto thee now what shall I doe my son And Esau said unto his father Hast thou but that one blessing my father blesse me me also my father and Esau lifted up his voice and wept And Isaak his father answerd and said unto him Behold of the fatnesses of the earth shall thy dwelling be and of the dew of the heavens from above And by thy sword shalt thou live and thy Brother shalt thou serve and it shall be when thou shalt get-the-dominion that thou shalt breake his yoake
addeth to the name calling the place God figuratively as being his house The like is in Exod. 17. 15. was revealed or were revealed that is did appeare in more manifest sort Here againe a word plurall is joyned with the name of God to signify the mysterie of the Trinity in the unity of the godhead see the notes on Gen. 20. 13. The Gr. translateth it singularly was revealed or did appear so also doth the Chaldee save that for God it saith the angel of God V. 8. nurse sent with her from her fathers house Gen. 24. 59. How she came to be in Iakobs family is uncertaine the Iewes say she was sent to call Iakob home as was promised in Gen. 27. 45. She might also come thither upon other occasion after Rebekahs death The oke of weeping Hebr. Allon Bacuth this name sheweth his griefe for the death of this matron the place also being the safeest and most honorable that there hee could have for such a purpose see the notes on v. 4. on Gen. 23. 2. The Chaldee paraphrast for Oke translateth the Plaine or vally of weeping But the Greeke turneth it an Oke and so doth the Ierusalemy Thargum See also Gen. 12. 6. V. 9. again the Gr. addeth in Luz where he had appeared to him before Gen. 28. 11. 12. 19. V. 10. Israel the name given him before of the Angel is here againe given confirmed of God for the strengthning of Iakobs faith and assurance of Gods grace unto him See Gen. 32. 28. Ver. 11. Almighty or Alsufficient see Gen. 17. 1. The Gr. translateth it thy God an assembly or company church of nations the Chaldee saith an assembly of tribes Here God confirmeth the blessing given to Iakob by his father Isaak and amplifieth it see Gen. 28. 3. and 48. 3. 4. Kings the Chaldee addeth that shall rule over the peoples thus God giveth him the blessing of Abraham Gen. 28. 4. and 17. 6. Ver. 12. and or that is to thy seed see Gen. 13. 15. The Chaldee explaineth it and to thy sonnes the Greeke addeth through their generations Vers. 13. God the Chaldee saith the glory of the Lord meaning the vision which now appeared unto Iakob See Gen. 17. 22. Vers. 14. set up this he had done before and now repeateth it or as is likely being ruinated he new repaireth it see Gen. 28. 18. drinke offring or a powred out-offring an effusion usually called a drinke offring because it was onely of liquors or moist things as the Minchah or meat-offering was of dry And this drink-offring by the law of God was of wine or Sechar Exod. 29. 40. Num. 28. 7. among the heathens sometime of blood Psal. 16. 4. oile to consecrate it see Gen. 28. 18. Vers. 15. Bethel that is Gods house see Gen. 28. 19. Thus hee renewed the memoriall of his faith and thankfulnesse to God as God did before of his promises to him v. 10. 11. 12. Vers. 16. they journeyed the Greeke version addeth Iakob journeyed from Baithel and pitched his tent beyond the tower of Gader borrowing these words from the 21. verse a little peece or about a mile as the Chaldee paraphrase explaineth it This word is so used also in Gen. 48. 7. 2 King 5. 19. and not elsewhere Ephrath a towne called usually Bethlehem that is The house of Bread v. 19. some thinke it to have the name Ephrath of Calebs wife so called 1 Chron. 2. 19. 24. It hath both names in Mic. 5. 2. Bethlehem Ephrata there Christ was borne Matt. 2. 1. the bread of God that came from heaven Ioh. 6. 33. had hard child-birth Hebrew shee was hard in her child-bearing that is had sore and painfull labour According to the chastisement layd on Eve and her daughters Gen. 3. 16. It is daily to be seene and the Philosopher observeth it that no creature suffreth such strong paines in trauell as woman doth Aristot de Animal l. 7. notwithstanding shee shall be saved in child-bearing if they continue in faith c. 1 Tim. 2. 15. Ver. 17. midwife named in Hebrew of helping the woman in child-birth so Exod. 1. 15. 16. thou shalt have or this also shall bee to thee a sonne as Ioseph before was And this was according to Rachels desire see Gen. 30. 24. Vers. 18. departing or going-out from the body to God that gave it as Eccles. 12. 7. Psal. 146. 4. This sheweth the Soule of man to bee a spirituall immortall substance distinct from the body The heath ens acknowledged this saying that death is nothing else but the departing of the soule from the body Aristot. in his book of Death and that the soules of men are divine and when they goe out of the body they returne unto heaven Cicero lib. de Amicit. Ben. oni the Greek and Chaldee interprets it Son of my sorrow In that shee answered nothing but thus named her son it sheweth she received no comfort The like case was in 1 Sam. 4. 20. 21. The word oni is after used by Iakob for his painfull strength Gen. 49. 3. Benjamin that is Son of the right hand meaning loved tendered and especially regarded So man of the right hand in Psal. 80. 18. for one loved and much regarded of God This only of all Iakobs children was borne in the land of Canaan V. 20. unto this day the time when Moses wrote this and after in Sauls daies 1 Sam. 10. 2. About this place at Christs birth many infants were murdered by Herod then Rachel wept for her children and would not bee comforted because they were not Ier. 31. 15. Mat. 2. 16. 18. V. 21. Geder or Gader as the Gr. writeth it by interpretation the flocke or herd A tower of this name is also mentioned in Mic. 4. 8. V. 22. concubine a secondary wife see Gen. 22. 24. She is called also his wife GeÌ 37. 2. By this shamefull crime such as is not once named among the heathens 1 Cor. 5. 5. Reuben lost his first-birth 1 Chron. 5. 1. Gen. 49. 4. Iakob also himselfe having abused Bilhah contrary to the first institution of mariage Gen. 30. 4. is here chastised of God So Absalom lying with his father Davids coÌcubines God thereby chastised Davids sins 2 Sam. 12. 10. 11. and 16. 22. heard it the Greek version addeth and it appeared evill in his sight But in the Hebrew nothing is said onely an empty space is left in the line with this marke o to move consideration as before in Gen. 4. 8. Sometime sorrow is so great as words or signes cannot expresse it Ezek. 24. 23. and such might here be Iakobs case Here also is a pawse breaking off as to a new matter even in the midst of the verse so in Deut. 2. 8. twelve which becomming fathers of many families are called the twelve Patriarehs Act. 7. 8. and the peoples that came of theÌ are named the twelve tribes Act. 26. 7. and although many great evills have already and will hereafter more
first plagues w ch were from the waters and earth cameby Aarons hand stretching out the rod Exod. 7. 19. 8. 5. 16. three which were from the heavens and aire came by Moses stretching out his hand and rod as the Haile Exod. 9. 22. 23. the Locusts Exod. 10. 12. 13. and the Darknesse Exod. 10. 21. 22. Three came without the hand either of Moses or Aaron as the Mixed swarme Exo. 8. 21. 24. the Murraine Exod. 9. 3. âand the death of the First borne Exodus 12. 29. and one was by Moses hand but not with the rod as the plague of Boiles Exodus 9. 8. 10. V. 17. there were lice Hebr. there was the lowse put generally for the multitude of this vermine which being of the least sort of Gods creatures did greatly plague the proud nation This David rehearseth among other Gods wonders in Egypt Psal. 105. 31. Humane writers doe record that the Priests of Egypt did shave their whole bodies every third day lest any lowse or other filth should breed upon them that served their gods Herodot in Euterpe So with things which they superstitiously loathed did God plague them The Greeke calleth this plague Sknipes which are a kinde of small stinging gnats but by the Chaldee and others they were lice V. 18. did so that is endevored to doe so but could not and when men are said to doe things above their ability it meaneth their labour and endevour thereto as Matt. 7. 13. enter in at the strait gate that is strive to enter Luk. 13. 24. V. 19. the finger that is the worke Spirit and power of God who is said after the manner of men to doe things by his hand and finger Psam 102. 26. and 8. 4. 109. 27. 1 SaÌ 6. 9. To this speech Christ hath reference when he refuted those that withstood his miracles as these Magicians did Moses If I with the finger of God cast out devils Luk. 11. 20. which another Evangelist explaines to bee the spirit of God Matt. 12. 28. Here the coÌfession of Iannes and Iambres of whom see before in Exodus 7. ãâã condemned Pharaoh and themselves that in further resistance they manifested their folly unto all men as 2 Tim. ãâã ãâã 9. The Chaldee expoundeth their speech thus it is a plague from before the Lord. Vers. 20 stand or present thy selfe V. 21 a mixed swarme of flies wasps hornets or as somethinke of wilde beasts serpents mice and the like The Hebrew and Chaldee words signifie onely a mixed multitude but shew not of what creatures The Greeke now extant hath Kunomnia that is the Dog flye Hierom saith of old the Lxxij Interpreters called it Koinomuia and Aquila translated it Pammuia that is the common or all sorts of flies The Chaldee paraphrase on Psalme 78. 45. expoundeth it a mixed swarme of wilde beasts of the field so the latter Hebrewes as Aben Ezra and Sol. Iarchi on Exodus 8. name them Lyons Wolves Beares Leopards and all kindes of evill beasts Serpents and Scorpions With whom accordeth Philo or the author of the booke of Wisdome who saith that as the Egyptians worshipped Serpents void of reason and vile beasts so God sent a multitude of unreasonable beasts upon them for vengeance for the Lord wanted not meanes as he saith to send among them a multitude of Beares or fierce Lions or unknowne wilde beasts full of rage newly created breathing out either a fiery vapour or filthy sents of scattered smoake c. Wisd. 11. 15. 17. 18. As in Exodus 12. 38. gnereb is used for a mixed multitude of people of sundry nations so gnarob here seemeth to intend not one but many sorts of creatures flying or running and such they were as did eate or devoure the Egyptians Psalme 78. 45. and corrupted or destroyed the land Exodus 8. 24. and because hee saith their houses should bee full of them I thinke rather they were small creatures than Lyons Beares or the like Vers. 22. will marvellously sever will separate and exempt in a marvellous and glorious manner wherefore the Greeke expoundeth it paradoxaso that is I will marvellously glorifie or miraculously honour See Exodus 33. 16. Goshen in Greek Gesem a province in Egypt where Israel dwelt see Gen. 45. 10. standeth that is staieth or tarieth from being sent away to serve me as Exodus 9. 28. or standeth that is dwelleth in the midst The Greeke translateth ruling all the earth or land Vers. 23. a redemption that is as the Greeke translateth a division or distinction whereby it shall appeare that I doe redeeme and save them from this plague The Chaldee explaineth it thus I will put a redemption to my people and upon thy people I will bring a plague So in Psalme 111. 9. he sent a redemption to his people and herein Gods grace in Christ was figured for by him God hath made a redemption for his people Luk. 1. 68. Vers. 24. did so he said and there came a mixed swarme Psal. 105. 31. which here Moses calleth heavy or grievous both for the multitude of these noysome creatures as the Greeke interpieth the word and for the hurt which they did to the people and and which was corrupted or as the Greeke saith destroyed by them Vers. 26. not meet or not right as being not so appointed of God who called into the wildernes Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth it cannot so be done the abomination that is the beasts which the Egyptians doe worship and doe abhorre to kill or to see killed for sacrifice And the sentence twice repeated may imply two senses 1. Shall we sacrifice to our God such things as the Egyptians sacrifice that would bee abomination to the Lord. 2. Or shall we sacrifice such things as God requireth that would be an abomination to the Egyptians The Greeke translateth plurally abominations the Chaldee explaineth it thus for the beasts which the Egyptian worshippeth we shall offer for sacrifice loe shall we sacrifice the beasts which the Egyptians worship c. The Scripture often calleth the Gods and services of the heathens abominations as Deut. 7. 25. and 12. 30. 31. 2 King 23. 13. Ezra 9. 1. Esay 44. 19. Now the principall sacrifices of the Hebrewes were Oxen and Sheep Gen. 15. 9. and all sheepe-keepers were an abomination to the Egyptians Gen. 46. 34 for as humane writers doe record they that kept in the Temple of Iupiter Thebanus or dwelt in that province in the land of Egypt they all abstained from sheepe and sacrificed goats and those Thebane Egyptians killed no rammes but counted them holy and they had an image of Iupiter with a rammes face Likewise the Egyptians might sacrifice no cowes because they were consecrated unto Isis whose image also they had like a woman with cowes hornes and all the Egyptians reverenced cowes above all of other cattle as witnesseth Herodotus in his historie booke 2. and and other writers testifie the like things of them as Plutarch in his booke of
Isis and Osiris will they not stone us meaning doubtlesse they will Therefore the Greeke translateth we shall be stoned and the Scripture it selfe often resolveth such questions by affirmations as is shewed on Gen. 4. 7. and 13. 9. Vers. 27. shall say for they knew not how they should serve the Lord till they came thither Exod. 10. 26. The Greeke translateth hath said referring it to that generall precept in Exod. 5. 1. 3. Verse 28. not remove very farre or not in any ease remove farre Hebrew removing farre not remove farre of which phrase see Gen. 2. 17. intreat ye Greeke pray ye therefore for me unto the Lord meaning that the plague might bee taken away as verse 8. and 29. So Simon Magus requested the prayer of Peter Act. 8. 24. Vers. 29. that the mixed swarme may or as the Greeke translateth and the mixed swarme shall depart for these two phrases are used indifferently as one Evangelist writeth and the inheritance shall be ours Mark 12. 7. another saith that the inheritance may be ours Luk. 20. 14. See also the notes on Gen. 27. 4. and 12. 12. Herein Moses sheweth great faith that his praier shold be granted any more deceive Heb. adde to deceive or to mock as the word signifieth 1 Kin. 18. 27. this he said because he had promised the like before verse 8. but God will not be mocked Gal. 6 7. Iob 13 9. V. 32. made heavy by hardning his heart against the Lord see verse 15. and chap. 7. 14. sent not is the Greek are he would not send And often when things are denied to be done it implieth an unwillingnesse which the Holy Ghost sometime explaineth as David removed not the Arke 1 Chro. 13. 13. that is he would not remove it 2 Sam. 6. 10. CHAP. IX 1. God threatneth the fift Plague the murraine of cattell 4 but exempteth Israel 6 The Egyptians cattell die 7 yet Pharaoh is harned 8 God bringeth the sixt plague boyles upon man and beast 11 so that the MagiciaÌs cannot stand before Moses 12 yet Pharaohs heart is hardned 13 God threatneth Pharaoh more severely 22 The seventh plague of hayle and fire falleth upon men and beasts and fruits of the earth 27 Pharaoh confesseth his sinne and sueth to Moses 33 who praieth to God and the plague ceaseth 34 whereupon Pharaohs heart is hardned yet more AND Iehovah said unto Moses Goe in unto Pharaoh and speake unto him Thus saith Iehovah the God of the Hebrewes Send away my people that they may serve me For if thou refuse to send them away thou still wilt hold them Behold the hand of Iehovah is upon thy cattel which is in the field upon the horses upon the asses upon the camels upon the oxen and upon the sheepe a very grievous murraine And Iehovah will marvellously sever betweene the cattell of Israel and the cattell of Egypt and there shall not dye any thing of all that is the sons of Israel And Iehovah appointed a set time saying To morrow Iehovah will doe this thing in the land And Iehovah did this thing on the morrow and all the cattle of the Egyptians dyed but of the cattell of the sons of Israel died not one And Pharaoh sent behold there was not any one of the cattell of Israel dead and the heart of Pharaoh was made heavy and hee sent not away the people And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron Take to you your hands full of ashes of the fornace and let Moses sprinkle it towards the heavens in the eyes of Pharaoh And it shall be turned to small dust upon all the land of Egypt and it shall bee upon man and upon beast to a boile breaking forth with scalding blaines in all the land of Egypt And they tooke ashes of the fornace and stood before Pharaoh and Moses sprinkled it towards the heavens and it was boyle ãâã standing blaines breaking forth up on man and upon beast And the Magicians could not stand before Moses because of the boyle for the boyle was upon the Magicians and upon all the Egyptians And Iehovah made strong the heart oâ Pharaoh and he ãâã not unto them even as Iehovah had spoken unto Moses And Iehovah said unto Moses Rise eately in the morning and stand before Pharaoh and say unto him Thus saith Iehovah the God of the Hebrewes Send away my people that they may serve me For at this time I will send all my plagues into thy hart and upon thy servants and upon thy people that thou maist know that there is none like me in all the earth For now ãâã sent out my hand and I had smitten thee and thy people with the pestilence and thou hadst beene cut off from the earth But in very deed for this have I raised thee up for to shew in thee my power and that my name may be declared in all the earth As yet exaltest thou thy selfe against my people that thou wilt not send them away Behold I will raine about this time to morrow a very heavie haile such as hath not beene the like in Egypt since the day it was founded even untill now And now send and speedily gather thy cattell and all that thou hast in the field every man and beast which shall bee found in the field and shall not bee gathered into the house the haile shall even come downe upon them and they shall die Hee that feared the word of Iehovah amongst the servants of Pharaoh made his servants and his cattell flie into the houses And hee that set not his heart unto the word of Iehovah he left his servants and his cattell in the field And Iehovah said unto Mosis Stretch forth thine hand towards the heavens and there shall bee haile in all the land of Egypt upon man and upon beast and upon every herbe of the field in the land of Egypt And Moses stretched forth his rod towards the heavens and Iehovah gave voices and haile and fire went upon the ground and Iehovah rained haile upon the land of Egypt And there was haile and fire catching it selfe among the haile very heavie such as there was not the like in all the land of Egypt since it was a nation And the haile smote in all the land of Egypt all that was in the field from man even unto beast and the haile smote euery herbe of the field and brake every tree of the field ãâã the ãâã of ãâã where the ãâ¦ã And P ãâ¦ã and called for Mâses and for ãâã and said ãâ¦ã I have sinned thââ ãâã ãâ¦ã and ãâã and my peoplâ ãâã quicked ãâ¦ã for ãâã is ãâã that ãâã ãâã no ãâã voices of God ãâã and I will send you away and ãâã shall ãâ¦ã And Moses said u ãâ¦ã When b ãâ¦ã âone out of the citie I will ãâã ãâã my hands unto Iehovah the voices shall cease and the haile shall be no more that thou ââist know that the earth is Iehovahs But thou and thy servants I
which I have wrought in Egypt and my signes which I have put amongst them and that ye may know that I am Iehovah And Moses and Aaron came in unto Pharaoh and sayd unto him Thus saith Iehovah the God of the Hebrewes How long reâusest thou to humble thy selfe before mee Send away my people that they may serve mee For if thou refuse to send away my people behold I bring to morrow the Locusts into thy coast And they shall cover the eye of the earth and one shall not bee able to see the earth and they shall eate the residue of that which is escaped which remaineth unto you from the haile and shall eate every tree which groweth for you out of the field And they shall fill thy houses and the houses of all thy servants and the houses of al the Egyptians which thy fathers and thy fathers fathers have not seene since the day that they were upon the earth unto this day and he turned himselfe and went out from Pharaoh And Pharaohs servants said unto him How long shall this man be a snare unto us send away the men that they may serve Iehovah their God knowest thou not yet that Egypt is destroyed And Moses and Aaron were brought againe unto Pharaoh and hee said unto them Goe serve Iehovah your God who and who are they that shall goe And Moses said We will goe with our yong and with our old with our sonnes and with our daughters with our flockes and with our herds will we goe for we have a feast of Iehovah And he said unto them Let Iehovah be so with you as I will send away you and your little ones see to it for evill is before your faces Not so goe now yee men and serve Iehovah for that you did request and he drove them out from Pharaohs presence And Iehovah sayd unto Moses Stretch out thy hand over the land of Egypt for the Locusts that they may come up upon the land of Egypt and eate every herbe of the land all that the haile hath left And Moses streched out his rodde over the land of Egypt and Iehovah brought an East wind upon the land all that day and all the night the morning was and the East wind brought up the Locusts And the Locusts went up over all the land of Egypt and rested in all the coasts of Egypt exceeding heavie before them there were no such Locusts as they and after them shall no such be And they covered the eye of all the earth and the land was darkned and they did eate every herbe of the land and all the fruit of the trees which the haile had left and there remained not any greene thing in the trees or in the herbes of the field in all the land of Egypt And Pharaoh hastened to call for Moses and for Aaron and he said I have sinned against Iehovah your God and against you And now forgive I pray thee my sinne onely this once and intreat ye Iehovah your God that he may take away from me this death only And he went out from Pharaoh and intreated Iehovah And Iehovah turned a vehement strong sea wind and tooke away the Locusts and fastened them to the red sea there remained not one Locust in all the coast of Egypt And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh and hee sent not away the sonnes of Israel And Iehovah said unto Moses Stretch out thy hand toward the heauens and there shall bee darkenesse over the land of Egypt that one may feele the darkenesse And Moses stretched out his hand toward the heavens and there was obscure darknesse in all the land of Egypt three daies They saw not any man his brother neither rose they any man from his place three daies but to all the sonnes of Israel there was light in their dwellings And Pharaoh called unto Moses and said Goe yee serve Iehovah onely let your flockes and your herds be stayed let your little ones also goe with you And Moses said Thou also shalt give into our hand sacrifices and burnt-offrings that we may doe sacrifice to Iehovah our God And our cattell also shall goe with us there shall not an hoofe be left for thereof shall wee take to serve Iehovah our God and we know not with what we shall serve Iehovah untill we come thither And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh and hee would not send them away And Pharaoh said unto him Get thee from mee take heed to thy selfe see my face no more for in the day thou seest my face thou shalt die And Moses said Thou hast spoken well I will not see thy face againe any more Annotations ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Here beginneth the fifteenth Section or Lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 1. for I or though I have made heavy that is hardned see Exod. 7. 14. of him of Pharaoh and his servants therefore the Greeke translateth it them saying that these signes may hereafter come upon them Vers. 2. thou this also meaneth Moses and the Israelites as after he saith yee and so the Greeke translateth here And in Deut. 6. 20. 22. Moses willeth Israel to tell their sonnes of the signes and wonders great and evill which the Lord had brought upon Egypt The like is in Psal. 78. 5. 6. 7. c. the things the Chaldee saith the miracles Vers. 3. Hebrewes in the Chaldee Iewes humble thy selfe The Greeke translateth how long wilt thou not reverence me Vers. 4. Locusts or Grashoppers the Hebrew is Locust put generally for a multitude of Locusts as tree for trees Gen. 3. 2. And the originall Arbeh hath the denomination of a multitude because their nature is to be many together as Prov. 30. 27. the Locusts have no king yet goe they forth all of them by heapes and huge multitudes are therefore resembled to Locusts Ier. 46. 23. Iudg. 6. 5. Vers. 5. the eye put for the whole face or upmost part of the earth which is seene with the eye as the Greeke translateth it the sight or superficies The Chaldee explaines it of hiding the sight of the sunne from the earth so in verse 15. Humane writers testifie that the great Locusts flie and make great noise with their wings as if they were birds and doe darken the Sunne Plinie booke 11. chapter 29. that which is escaped Hebr. the escaping or evasion Vers. 6. houses the Locusts are reported to gnaw all things even the doores of houses Plinie booke 11. chapter 29. Some of the Hebrewes write that these Locusts did not onely hurt the fruits of the earth but men also as the author of the booke of Wisedome c. 16. vers 9. saith the bitings of Locusts and of flies killed them neither was there found any remedy for their life Vers. 7. servants the nobles and counsellors of Egypt a snare that is a destruction by the plagues that he bringeth vpon us This word snare usually signifieth the meanes of destruction as Exod 23.
speciall Mount Sion where the Temple was after builded This land sanctuary did also figure heaven as is noted on Gen. 12. 5. Exod. 25. 8. So the Heb. Doctors say here the Sanctuarie signifieth the Ierusalem which is above R. Menachem on Ex. 15. Vers. 18. and aye or and yet in this world and that which is to come as the Chaldee explaineth it for ever and for ever and ever God is said to reigne or be King when he manifesteth his power and goodnesse in subduing his enemies and saving his people So after Antichrists overthrow voices in heaven doe say The kingdomes of this world are become the kingdomes of our Lord and of his Christ and he shall reigne for ever and ever Wee give thee thanks O Lord God almighty c. because thou hast taken to thee thy great power and reignest Rev. 11. 15. 17. Vers. 20. Marie in Hebrew Mirjam in Greek Mariam which was also the name of the mother of Christ Matth. 1. 16. This Marie the Prophetesse was one of the three principall guides which God sent before his people which mercy is remembred in Mich. 6. 4. I sent before thee Moses Aaron and Marie timbrell see the notes on Gen. 31. 27. These and other instruments were used not onely in civill mirth but in spirituall joy and thanksgiving unto God as here so in Iudg. 11. 34. 1 Sam. 18. 6. 7. 2 Sam. 6. 5. prophesied also of in Ier. 31. 4. O Uirgin Israel thou shalt againe be adorned with thy timbrels c. dances or flutes as the word sometime signifieth Psal. 150. 4. and 149. 3. but the Greeke and Chaldee translate it here dances which were wont to be used religiously as Iudg. 21. 21. Ier. 31. 4. 14. Vers. 21. them that is the men to whom the word in the originall plainely hath reference Wherefore her words answer to theirs in verse 1. which it may be also she repeated at the end of every verse of the foresaid song as the 136 Psalme repeateth in every verse for his mercy endureth for ever So also in a Chron. 5. 13. Vers. 22. of Shur called also the wildernesse of Etham Numb 33. 8. Exod. 13. 20. Of Shur see Gen. 16. 7. three daies so long a journey they requested of Pharaoh Exod. 3. 18. and now found it full of wants and tentations So after in Numbers 10. 33. Vers. 23. Marah that is by interpretation Bitternesse so called of the bitter waters Which the Israelites not being able to drinke leade us to consider the nature of afflictions both spirituall by the terrors of the Law upon the consciences of sinners and other tentations wants and earthly miseries all which are bitter as worme wood and sorrowfull to the flesh Lament 3. 15. Psalme 80. 6. Mark 10. 38. and 14. 36. Hebr. 12. 11. was called so the Greeke also translateth the Hebrew phrase he called which may intend chiefly Moses who called it so or he that is every one called it So where it is said in 2 Sam. 5. 9. he called in 1 Chron. 11. 7. it is said they called See the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Vers. 25. a tree the Ierusalemy Thargum saith And Moses prayed before the Lord and the Word of the Lord shewed him the tree Ardiphne This is said to be a tree that hath flowers like lilies but very bitter Elias in Lexico Chald. It seemeth to figure out the Tree of Christ the Crosse whereby the bitternesse of our afflictions likened to waters Psalme 69. 2. is turned into sweetnesse and joy Gal. 3. 13. 1 Pet. 2. 21. 24. 2 Cor. 1. 5. 7. 10. Rom. 5. 3. and 6. 3. 4. So Elisens healed evill waters with salt 2 King 2. 21. The Hebrew Doctors in Thancuma upon this say It is the manner of the blessed God to make that which is bitter sweet by that which is bitter Some thought the wood it selfe had this vertue to sweeten the waters of whose minde was Iesus the sonne of Syrach saying Was not the water made sweet with wood that the vertue thereof might bee knowne Ecclus. 38. 5. Others expound it mystically of the tree of life which removed Satan away as R. Menaches on this place sheweth he appointed to him or he meaning God imposed upon him that is upon Israel the people spoken of as one man tempted him meaning Israel whom God tempted or proved by this affliction as by other the like afterward to know what was in their heart and to doe them good at their latter end as Deut. 8. 2. 15. 16. Vers. 26. right or pleasing for so the phrase also signifieth 2 Sam. 19. 6. and so the Greeke translateth it here and the Holy Ghost useth the like in 1 Ioh. 3. 22. Whatsoever we aske we receive of him because wee keepe his commandements and doe those things that are pleasing in his sight This is often mentioned in the scriptures see Deut. 6. 18. diseases or sicknesses the plagues of Egypt threatned to the transgressors in Deut. 28. 27. 60. So Gods blessings under the name of health and welfare are promised to the keepers of his Law Prov. 3. 7. 8. and 4. 22. Psal. 103. 3. healeth this word is applied to the soule as well as to the body and implieth the forgivenesse of sins as heale my soule for I have sinned against thee Psalme 41. 9. And Christ when he healed diseases for gave sinnes also Matth. 9. 2. 6. and healing of men Matth. 13. 15. is expounded to be forgiving of their sinnes Mark 4. 12. Vers. 27. palme trees or date trees which are upright and tall of stature beare sweet fruits the leaves alwaies greene and flourishing good for shadow Song 7. 7. 8. Levit. 23. 40. Psal. 92. 13. To beare the branches of this tree is a signe of victory over afflictions Revel 7. 9. The number of 12. wels and 70. palme trees the Ierusalemy Thargum maketh answerable to the 12. tribes of Israel and the 70. Elders of the Synedrion mentioned in Gen. 49. 28. and Num. 11. 16. It accordeth also to the number of 70. soules of Israel that came into Egypt Gen. 46. 27. Likewise to the 12. Apostles and 70. Disciples of Christ Luk 9. 1. 10. 1. Rev. 21. 12. 14. CHAP. XVI 1 The Israelites come to the wildernesse of Sin 2 They murmur for want of bread 4 God promiseth them bread from heaven 11 Quailes are sent 14 and Manna 16 The ordering of the Manna 25 It was not to be found on the Sabbath 32 An Omer of it is kept for the generations following AND they journeyed from Elim and all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel came unto the wildernesse of Sin which is betweene Elim and Sinai in the fifteenth day of the second moneth after their departing out of the land of Egypt And all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron in the wildernesse And the sonnes of Israel said unto them O wee wish wee had died by the
glorie of the Majestie of the Lord was revealed upon it in a flame of fire The mountaine burnt with fire unto the midst of heaven with darknesse clouds and thicke darknesse Deut. 4. 11. all the mount the mountaines saw the Lord and trembled Hab. 3. 10. they leaped like rammes Psal. 114. 4. the earth quaked the heavens also dropped at the presence of God even Sinai it selfe at the presence of God the God of Israel Psal. 68. 6. Iudg. 5. 5. The Greek translateth all the people was astonied Vers. 19. going and waxing strong that is continually proceeding and increasing in londnesse and strength more and more See a like phrase in Gen. 8. 3. Moses spake so fearfull was the sight that Moses said I am sore afraid and tremble Heb. 12. 21. by a voyce by a more gentle meane than the thunder or loud shrilling trumpet that Moses might be confirmed and not affrighted So Daniel being daunted with a vision was strengthned by the Angels words Dan. 10. 8. 16. 17. 19. And this voyce was heard of the people as is likely by that promise unto Moses in verse 9. It signified also that onely the Lords voyce takes away the terrors of the Law for by Moses the Law was given but by Christ who answered the Law and fulfilled it commeth grace and truth Ioh. 1. 17. Vers. 21. testifie unto or charge contest the people Paul used to contest or charge before God and his Angels 1 Tim. 5. 21. 2 Tim. 2. 14. and 4. 1. lest they breake or that they breake not through to wit the bounds set them to see as Moses did at the first till he was stayed of God Exodus 3. 3. Curiositie is forbidden that men might walke by faith not by sight 2 Cor. 5. 7. and learne humility Rom. 12. 3. The Greeke here translateth Lest they draw neare unto God to consider or to behold and Luke useth the word in that sense in Stephens speech of Moses Act. 7. 31. fall that is be killed of the Lord verse 12. as 50. thousand and 70 men of Berhshemeth were slaine for looking into the Arke of God 1 Sam. 6. 19. So falling is used for staine in Gen. 14. 10. 1 Cor. 10. 8. Vers 22. which come neare that is as the Chaldee explaineth which come neare to minister before the Lord. These priests are after called yong men of the sonnes of Israel Exodus 24. 5. and were the first borne of the people whom God had sanctified to him-selfe Exodus 13. 2. in whose place hee afterward tooke the tribe of Levi Numb 8. 14. 15. 17. 18. sanctifie themselves that is prepare wash and keepe themselves from being defiled with sinne by touching the mount as vers 24. 12. breake forth which the Chaldee expoundeth bee strong that is very angry but it implieth death also when God breaketh forth as the breach of waters upon men to destroy them as 2 Sam. 5. 20. and 6. 6. 7. 8. Vers. 23. cannot or shall not be able to come up by reason of the former charge and limitation It seemeth therefore that Moses thought it needlesse to speake so often and instantly to the people but God urgeth it againe verse 24. so restraining the curiositie of the people and shewing the end of the Law to be rather to exclude men from God by reason of their sinnes than to justifie or give them life as doth the Gospell for it was the ministration of death 2 Cor. 3. 7. Gal. 3. 10. 11. 19. 21. 22. 23. 24. Mount Sina is in bondage with her children Gal. 4. 25. Vers. 24. breake through the Greeke here translateth let them not violently presse to come up but that which the Law suffereth not the Gospell admitteth Mat. 11. 12. Luke 16. 16. Heb. 12. 18. 22. 23. 24. CHAP. XX. 1 The ten Commandements are spoken by God on mount Sinai 18 With thunders lightnings sound of the trumpet c. whereat the people are afraid 20 Moses comforteth them 22 God upon this occasion againe forbiddeth them Idolatrie 24 Of what sort the altar should be AND God spake all these words saying I Iehovah thy God which have brought thee out from the land of Egypt from the house of servants Thou shalt not have any other gods before my face Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven thing or any likenesse of things which are in the heavens above or which are in the earth beneath or which are in the waters beneath the earth Thou shalt not bow downe thy selfe to them neither serve them for I Iehovah thy God am a jealous God visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes upon the third and upon the fourth generation of them that hate me And doing mercy unto thousands of them that love mee and of them that keepe my Commandements Thou shalt not take up the name of Iehovah thy God in vaine for Iehovah will not hold him guiltlesse that shall take up his name in vaine Remember thou the Sabbath day to sanctifie it Six daies shalt thou labour and shalt doe all thy worke But the seventh day is a Sabbath to Iehovah thy God in it thou shalt not doe any worke thou or thy son or thy daughter thy man servant or thy woman servant or thy cattel or thy stranger which is within thy gates For in sixe daies Iehovah made the heavens and the earth the sea and all which are in them and rested in the seventh day therefore Iehovah blessed the Sabbath day and sanctified it Honour thy father and thy mother that thy dayes may bee prolonged upon the land which Iehovah thy God giveth thee Thou shalt not kill Thou shalt not commit adulterie Thou shalt not steale Thou shalt not answer a false witnesse against thy neighbour Thou shalt not cover thy neighbours house thou shalt not covet thy neighbours wife or his man servant or his woman servant or his oxe or his asse or any thing which is thy neighbors And all the people saw the voices and the lightnings and the voice of the trumpet and the mountaine smoaking and the people saw and removed away and they stood a farre off And they said unto Moses Speake thou with us and we will heare and let not God speake with us lest we die And Moses said unto the people Feare not for God is come for to tempt you and that his feare may be before your faces that you may not sinne And the people stood afarre off and Moses drew neere unto the thicke darknesse where God was And Iehovah said unto Moses Thus thou shalt say unto the sons of Israel you have seene that I have spoken with you out of the heavens Yee shall not make with me gods of silver or gods of gold yee shall not make unto you An altar of earth thou shalt make unto me and shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt offrings and thy peace offrings thy sheepe and thy oxen In every place where I shall make the memoriall of my name I wil come unto
sanctifieth And he doth not sanctifie sitting because it is as a service and no service is dont but standing as it is written in Deut. 18. 5. TO STAND TO MINISTER and who so serveth sitting is profââe and his service not allowable c. Maimony ibidem Sect. 3. 4. 5. 8. 16. 17. and Thalm ãâ¦ã Bab. intreat Zâbachim Chap. 2. Vers. ãâã dye not by the hand of God as ãâã Aarons sonnes in Levit. 10. 1. 2. So Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 1. saith The Priest that serveth and sanctifieth not his hands and his feet in the morning is in danger of death by the hands of the God of heaven as it is written They shall wash with water that they die not and his service is unlawfull whether âe ãâ¦ã the high Priest or an inferiour This rite did teach them and us faith in Christ in whose blood we are washed from our sinnes and made Kings and Priests unto God Revel 1. 5. 6. also sanctification by the washing of regeneration and renewing of the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. that we being sprinkled in our hearts from an evill conscience and washed in our bodies with pure water may draw neere with a true heart in assurance of faith Heb. 10. 22. and washing our hands in innocencie may compasse the Altar of the Lord Psal. 26. 6. to burne the fire offring which the Greeke explaineth to offer the Burnt-offrings and the Chaldee more generally to offer oblations before the Lord. Vers. 21. wash in the Chaldee sanctifie to his seed the posteritie of Aaron the Chaldee expounds it his sonnes Vers. 23. chiefe or head spices that is the principall and most excellent so in Ezek. 27. 22. Song 4. 14. pure myrrh in Greeke choise myrrh Hebrew myrrh of freedome that is free pure naturall as it floweth Myrrh so named of the Hebrew Mor is a sweet gumme or moisture that issueth out of the myrrh tree and none is preferred before it as Plinie sheweth in his hist. booke 12. chap. 15. The graces of Christ and of his Church are often resembled by this myrrh Song 1. 13. and 3. 6. and 4. 14. and 5. 1. 5. 13. Psal. 45. 9. shekels this word is added by the Greeke and the Chaldee in Thargum Ierusalemy and in the verse following it is here expressed sweet or aromaticall cinamon which commeth of the Hebrew name Kinnemon and is the barke of a tree used for sweet odours and signified spirituall grace Prov. 7. 17. Song 4. 14. halfe thereof that is halfe the fore-said quantity as followeth 250. shekels weight But the Hebrew Doctors understand it otherwise and say there was of this 500. shekels as of the former and this which the Law saith Cinamon the halfe thereof 250. is because they weighed it at two times 250 at each time saith Maimony in treat of the Implements of the Sanctuarie chap. 1. Sect. 2. Calamus or Cane according to the Hebrew name ãâã for Calamus is after the Greeke name It is a kinde of sweet reed bought and brought out of farre Countries as appeareth by Ieremie 6. 20. Esay 43. 24. Verse 24. Cassia or Costus another sweet cane called in Hebrew Kiddah mentioned onely here and in Ezek. 27. 19. an Hin whereof see Exod 29. â0 Maimony in the fore-named treatise chap. 2. Sect. 2. saith the Hin was twelve logs of which measure see Levit. 14. 10. and every log foure qu ãâ¦ã ants Others more fully thus a quadrant or quarter containeth is much as an egge and a halfe A ãâ¦ã ineth foure quadrants that is sixe egges A Kab containeth foure logs that 24. egges A Hin twelve legs that is 72. egges A Seah or Pecke wherof see Gen. 18. 6. contained sixe Kabs that is 24. logs two Hins or 144. egges An Epha was three Seahs 18. Kabs sixe Hins 72. logs or 432. egges R. Alphes in treat of the Passeover chap. 5. Vers. 25. make it The manner is recorded to be thus Every of those foure spices was pounded severally then mixed altogether and steeped in waier pure and sweet till all the strength of them was gone out into the water then they put unto the water an Hin of oile olive and boyled all on the fire till the water was consumed and the oile left in the vessell for use afterward Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 3. compound-ointment or sweet-consection Apothecarie or compounder of ointments Such in the ages following were of the Priests Sonnes 1 Chron. 9. 30. holy anointing Hebrew unction of holinesse or as the Greek translateth it an holy chrisme Vers. 26. anoint therewith the Tent or the Tabernacle with all things about the same which was performed in Exod. 40. and Lev. 8. 10. c. These sweet odours signified the joyfull graces of Gods Spirit and the anointing with this oile the pouring out of the holy Spirit upon Christ his Church and ministers Acts 10. 38. Esay 61. 1. Psal. 45. 8. 2 Cor. 1. 21. 22. Song 3. 6. Psal. 133. 2. As it is written Ye have an ointment from him that is holy and knâw all things and the Anointing that ye have received of him dwelleth in you and yee need not that any man teach you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of all things c. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. Vers. 29. whatsoever or whosoever so the Greek saith every-one that toucheth them shall be sanctified Vers. 32. poured in Greeke anointed not make the Greeke addeth not make unto your selves holinesse shall it be unto you ââe Greeke translateth holy it is and a sanctification or sanctified thing shall it be unto you Therefore it might not be used unto common âffaires God hereby teaching the holy and reverend use of his graces and sanctified ordinances which must not bee communicated with the unregenerate and sensuall which having not the Spirit doe turne the grace of God into lasciviousnesse Matth. 7. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 19. 20. Iude verse 4. 19. 1 Cor. 2. 6. 14. V. 33. like it Of this point the Heb. doe record He that maketh anointing oile according to the work according to the weight of this without adding or diminishing if he do it presumptuously is guilty of cutting off if ignorantly he is to bring the sacrifice appointed for it He that shall anoint any with the anointing oile presumptisously is guilty of cutting-off if ignorantly he is to bring a sacrifice whether he anoint himselfe or another man Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 4. 5. a stranger whosoever was not Priest or King Maimony in the foresaid place saith They anointed none herewith in the generations following but the high Priests and him that was anointed for the warre Deut. 20. 1. 2. and the Kings of Davids house onely Though he be a Priest and Sonne of a Priest yet they doe anoint him Lev. 6. 22. But they anoint not the King that is Sonne of the King because the kingdome is the Kings inheritance for ever
common fire Maimony treat of the Daily oblation Chap. 2. Sect. 1. It figured the continuall ministration of the Spirit by Christ and his ministers preaching of the Gospell Matth. 3. 11. Gal. 3. 6. Ier. 23. 29. and especially the preaching of the Crosse and afflictions of Christ and his people Gal. 6. 12. 14. 1 Pet. 4. 12. 13. 14. lay the wood of this ordering see the notes on Levit. 6. 12. Moreover the wood as also the salt for all sacrifices was to be the Congregations publike and no particular person might bring salt or wood for his oblation from his owne house saith Maimony in treat Of things forbidden to come on the Altar Chap. 5. Sect. 13 Hereupon publike order was taken in Nehem. 10. 34. and 13. 31. for the Wood offring or Korban to have it brought into the house of God at times appointed The Hebrew Doctors say that in the moneth Ab the fift moneth which wee call Iuly they hewed wood for the Korban or offring Iakob ben Aser in Orach chajim Vers. 8. the pieces When they had cut in pieces the burnt offring they brought all the pieces to the footstall of the altar and salted them there as is commanded Levit. 2. 13. Ezek. 43. 24. Afterwards they laid all the pieces on the top of the Altar Then taking away the synew that shranke wherof see Gen. 32. 32. on the top of the Altar they shrew it upon the ashes which were in the midst of the altar Then sprinkled or strowed they all the pieces upon the fire as it is written in Deut. 12. 27. OF THE FLESH AND OF THE BLOOD even as the blood was sprinkled so all the flesh was sprinkled And after they were sprinkled they laid them in order againe upon the fire as it is written Levit. 1. 12. And the Priest shall lay them in order Maimony treat of offring the sacrifices chap. 6. sect 4. This dividing and laying by pieces on the Altar was observed in all burnt-offrings see Exod. 29. 17. 18. 1 King 18. 23. 33. Levit. 8. 20. 21. and 9. 13. the fat The Hebrew Peder is used onely here and in v. 12. and in Levit. 8. 20. and is thought to bee the fat-caule or midriffe that parteth the intrailes The Greeke and Chaldee both translate it fat Vers. 9. in water not in wine nor in any mixture or other liquor And the inwards they washed not lesse then three times saith Maimony in treat of offring the sacrific Chap. 6. Sect. 6. The washing of the inwards and of the legs or the feet as the Greeke translateth signified our purification by the spirit of Christ sprinkled in our hearts from an evill conscience and washed in our bodies with pure water Ezek. 36. 25. Heb. 10 22. He that is washed needeth not save to wash his feet Iohn 1â 10. the Priest Michael that is Christ Revel 12. 7. he is the great Priest that is on high and he offreth the soules of the just like the daily offrings made by fire saith R. Menachem on Levit. 6. shall burne to weet as perfume as the word implyeth It burned upon the altar all night untill the morning Levit. 6. 9. Howbeit they offred no offrings but by day as it is written Lev. 7. 38. in the day that hee commanded the sonnes of Israel to offer c. in the day and not in the night Therefore they slay no sacrifices but by day nor sprinkle any blood but in the day of the killing but the sacrifices whose blood is sprinkled by day they burne their fat c. all the night and so the members of the burnt offring they burne them in the night c. Maimony treat of offring the sacrific ch 4. sect 1. 2. This burning of sacrifices signified the consecrating of Christ through afflictions and sufferings and the like fiery trials which his people must undergoe Hebrewes 2. 10. and 13. 11. 12. 1 Peter 4. 1. 12. Zachar. 13. 9. For every one shall be salted with fire and every sacrifice shall bee salted with salt Marke 9. 49. It figured also the worke of Gods Spirit Matth. 3. 11. it is or it shall bee these words it is are added also in the Greeke version and rightly from the 13. and 17. verses following of rest that is of sweet savour as the Greeke translateth The Chaldee expoundeth it which shall bee received with favourable-acceptation before the Lord. See the notes on Genesis 8. 21. It figured the sweet savour of Christs sacrifice and of ours in him unto God Ephesians 5. 2. Romanes 12. 1. 1 Peter 2. 5. For as a sweet smell refresheth and quieteth the senses so Christs oblation appeaseth Gods Spirit Therefore the Priest also prayed for the offerer figuring Christs mediation and so by prayer and oblation pacified Gods wrath as appeareth by Iob 42. 8. where God sayd Goe to my servant Iob and offer up for your selves a burnt offring and my servant Iob shall pray for you for I will accept his face lest I deale with you after your folly So Darius ordained that beasts should be given the Iewes for the Burnt-offrings of the God of heaven that they might offer Sacrifices of rest unto the God of heaven and pray for the life of the King and of his sonnes Ezr. 6. 9. 10. Vers. 10. sheepe or young-rammes which the Greeke here translateth lambes They were of the first yeere Exodus 29. 38. For the Hebrew Chesob called also Chebes Levitie 4. 32. whereupon the Dutch Schaep and English Sheepe by transplacing the letters is derived wheresoever these are spoken of in the Law are sheepe of the first yeere And wheresoever Ajil er Aelim Rammes are mentioned they are males of the second yeere saith Maimony treat of offring the sacrifices chap. 1. s. 14 These also figured Christ the lambe of God Esay 53. 7. Iohn 1. 29. or of the goats the law expresseth severall kinds by themselves hereupon the Hebrewes gather it may not be a beast of divers kinds part like a sheepe and part like a goat nor borne of such mixture no nor like another kind as if a sheepe bring forth her young like a goat or a goat like a sheepe it is not lawfull to bring such a beast upon the Altar Maimony in Issureimizbeach ch 3. S. 4. 5. c. Vers. 11. the side or the thigh of the Altar and so vpon the ground as the Altar standeth whereupon the Hebrew Canons say That if a Beast bee hanged up and killed in the ayre of the Court it is polluted Maimony treat of holy things polluted Chapt. 1. Sect. 16. In killing the daily Burnt-offrings of the Church mentioned in Numbers 28. 3. they bound the Lambe and laid his head to the South his face to the West the slayer stood on the East side with his face to the West The morning sacrifice hee killed by the North-west horne of the Altar the evening sacrifice by the North-east horne Thalmud Bab. in Tamidin chapter 4. northward on the North
you and ye shall afflict your soules it is a statute for ever And the Priest whom he shall anoint and whose hand hee shall fill to administer-the Priests-office in his fathers stead he shal make-the-atonement and shall put-on the linnen garments the garments of holinesse And hee shall make-atonement for the Sanctuary of holinesse and for the Tent of the congregation and for the altar shall he make-atonement and for the Priests and for all the people of the Church shall he make-atonement And this shall be to you a statute for ever to make-atonement for the sonnes of Israel for all their sinns once in a yeere And he did as Iehovah commanded Moses Annotations ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Here beginneth the nine and twentieth section or Lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. THe two sons Nadab and Abihu Lev. 10. 1. after whose death for transgressing Gods ordinances this Law here is given for the purging and reconciliation of the Church unto God one day in the yeere they offred to weet strange fire as the Gr. and Chaldee versions here annex and as Moses shewed before Lev. 10. 1. V. 2. speake unto Aaron God appointeth Moses to informe the Priest of his duty and to see that hee performed this service aright so in ages following there were appointed with the high priest elders of the elders of the Synedrion which did read before him and taught him the service of this day and the order of it as Maim recordeth in Misneh in Iom hakippurim or Day of atonement ch 1. sect 5. that he come not or as the Greek translateth it and let him not come Of this the Apostle sayth The Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle accomplishing the services but into the second went the high priest alone once in the yeere c. The holy Ghost this signifying that the way into the Holies was not yet manifested while as the first Tabernacle had yet a standing Which was a figure for the time then present in which were offred both gifts and sacrifices that could not make him that did the service perfect as pertaining to the conscience c. But Christ being come an high Priest of the good things to come by a greater and more perfect Tabernacle not made with hands that is not of this creation or building neither by the blood of Goats and bullocks but by his owne blood he entred in once into the Holies having found an eter ãâ¦ã redemption Heb. 9. 6. 7. 8. 9. 11. 12. But now wee have libertie to enter into the Holies by the blood of Iesus by a new and living way which he hath consecrated for us through the veile that is his flesh Heb. 10 19. 20. the Holy place Hebrew the holinesse which the Greeke translateth the Holy meaning the Holie of holies or most holy place which the Apostle therefore calleth Holies and sheweth it to be a figure of Heaven it selfe into which Christ our high Priest entred for us Heb. 9. 12. 24. that he dye not for presuming to do that which he is not commanded as his sonnes Levit. 10. I will appeare Targum Ionathan expoundeth it the glory of my Majestie or presence shall be reveiled upon the Covering-mercy-seat Compare this with Exod. 25. 22. Because Gods Maiestie dwelled there betweene the Cherubims therfore the Priest might not come there but by leave from God and with reverence And by this cloud hee meaneth the cloud of glory which should bee upon the Mercie-seat saith R Menachem on Lev. 16. It may be understood of the cloud the smoake of the incense whereof see v. ãâã Ver. 3. With this in Greeke Thus. a yongling Hebrew a son of the herd this was to be of the second yeere or a two yeerling bullock as is noted on Exod. 29. 1. And of that age was the Ramme after mentioned Observe that on this day he offred also the two Lambes for the daily sacrifice Numbers 28. 3. and one bullocke and seven Iambes for a Burnt-offring and an hee goat fot a Sinne offring besides that goat after mentioned in verse 5. as is expressed in Num. 29. 7. 8. 11. all which with other services the high priest him-selfe offred this day which on other dayes might be done by other priests The Hebrew canons lay them downe thus In the day of the Fast they offer the daily sacrifice in the morning and evening according to the order of every day And they offer more for that day a bullocke and a ramme and seven lambs all of them Burne-offrings And a goat for a Sin-offring which is eaten at evening Over and besides this they offer a Bullocke for a Sin-offring and that is burnt aram for a Burnt-offring and these both are for the high Priest And the Ram which is for the Congregation is spoken of in Lev. 16. and it is the Ram spoken of in the generall addition Num. 29. and it is called the peoples Ram. And further they bring for the Congregation two goat bucks the one is offred for sinne and is burnt the other is the goat sent away So all the beasts that are offred this day are found to be fifteene the two daily sacrifices and a bullocke and two rammes and seven lambes all of them Burnt-offrings and two goats for sinne the one done without and eaten at even the other done within and burnt and the high Priests bullocke for Sin and that is burnt The service of all these 15. beasts offred this day is not performed but by the high Priest onely And if it fall out to be the Sabbath day the sacrifice added for the Sabbath in Num. 28. 9. none doe offer it but the high Priest And so the other services of this day as the burning of the daily incense and the trimming of the lamps all is done by the high Priest c. Maimony in Iom hakippurim c. 1. s. 1. 2. The high Priest and his worke this day figured Christ and his worke of reconciling the Church unto God Heb. 9. 7. 8. 11. 12. and in that the high Priest performed all the services himself it signified how Christ should by himselfe purge our sins Heb. 1. 3. and shewed the weakenesse of the legall priesthood which served but untill the time of reformation and then should bee abolished Heb. 9. 10. and 8. 4. 5. 6. a burnt-offring these both were for the Priest himselfe as after in verse 11. 24. Therefore the other sacrifices are not here mentioned Ver. 4. holy Hebr of holinesse the Gr. casseth it a sanctified linnen Coat This and the rest were peculiar for this day and for the service of this day that is for making atonement the other service which was ordinary hee performed this day in his other priestly garments as appeareth by v. 23. 24. What the high priests eight ornaments were which he usually ware are noted on Ex. 28. 4 c. the four that were for this day are here expressed These the Hebrewes call his white
when he hath begun the act with his body they are both of them guiltie of death by the Magistrate or of cutting off or of beating or of chastisement Maimony in Issureibiah ch 1. sect 10. Vers. 21. of thy seed that is of any of thy children thy son or thy daughter as Moses expoundeth it in Deut. 18. 10. See also Lev. 20. 2. through the fire this word fire is after expressed in Deut. 18. 10. and in 2 Kings 11. 3. which another Prophet expoundeth burne in the fire 2 Chron. 28. 3. which was the abominable custome of the heathens so dedicating their children unto idols and Devils and the like abomination the Israelites committed in a valley neer to Ierusalem 2 Chron. 33. 6. Ierm 32. 35. which King Iosias abolished when he defiled Topheth which was in the valley of the sons of Hinnom that no man might make his sonne or his daughter to passe through the fire to Molech 2 King 23. 10. This sin is here forbidden amongst whordomes and incests because even it is spiritual whoredome as in Lev. 20. 5. it is called a going a whâring after Molech The manner of doing this wickednesse it not now certainly knowne but is thought to be done two waies some being burned to death othersome made to passe onely betweene two fires for a signe of consecration So of Achaz King of Iudah it is said he burnt his sons in the fire 2 Chron. 28. 3. and of the Iewes that they burnt their sons and their daughters in the fire Ierm 7. 31. and that they burnt their sonnes with fire for burnt offrings unto Bââl Ierm 19. 5. yea they sacrificed their sons and their daughters unto Devills and shed innocent blood the blood of their sonns and of their daughters whom they sacrificed unto the idols of Canaan Psal. 106. 37. 38. R. Bechai on Lev. 18 saith that the parents were perswaded that by this sacrifice the rest of their children should be delivered from death and that they themselves should prosper for it all daies of their life Of the manner of consecrating and not killing their children the Hebrewes write thus There was a great fire kindled and the father tooke some of his seed to deliver the same unto the Priests that served the fire and the same Priests gave the son unto his father after that hee was delivered into their hand to cause him to passe through the fire by his leave and the father of the son was he that made his sonne passe through the fire by the leave of the priests and hee led him through on his feet from one side to another in the midst of the flame but burned him not to Molech after the manner that they burned their sonnes and their daughters to other Idols but this service named Molech was by passing through onely Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 6. sect 3. And for the manner of killing their children in the honor of Molech it is thus recorded in an Hebrew commentary called Ialkut upon âerm 7. sol 61. col 4. Though all other houses of Idolatry were in Ierusalem yet Molechs house was without the city in a place apart How was Molech made It was an Image having the face of a Bullocke and hands spred abroad like a man that openeth his hands to receive somewhat Within it was hollow and for it there were seven chappels builded before which this image was set Who so offââd a foule or dove went into the first chappell if he broght a Lambe he went into the second if a Ramme into the third if a calfe into the fourth if a bullock into the fiât if an Oxe into the sixt and if he offred his son hee went into the seventh He kissea Molech as in Hos. 13. 2. Let the sacrificers of men kiss the calves The son was set before Molech and Molech having fire put under it was made burning hot Then the Priests taking the child put him into Molechs burning bands and to the end that the father might no heare the cry of the childe they did beat upon Tabers thereupon was the place called Tophet of Toph which is a Taber But of these things wee have no certainty save that the scriptures witnesse such impiety to have beene in Israel Molech the name of an Idol or Star which the Ammonites and other heathens worshipped called also Moloch Amos 5. 26. and Milcom 1 King 11. 5. 7. and was so named as being Melech King wherefore the Greeke translateth it Archon a Prince and is thought of some to be the star Saturne the highest of all the Planets unto which the Carthaginians are said to have sacrificed the best of their sonnes Diodor. Sicul. l. 20. and likewise the Phoenicians Euseb. praep Evang. lib. 4. Others thinke it was the Sunne which is as King and chiefe of all the Planets and whom the Phoenicians worshipped by the name of Beâl samen that is Lord of heaven as Sanchonjatho testifieth in Euseb. Evang. praep lib. 1. called in the holy Scriptures Baal And this seemeth probable for whereas in Tophet in the valley of the sons of Hinnom they used to make their children passe through the fire to Molech 2 King 23. 10. Ieremy saith they offred them unto Baal âeâm 19. 5. compared with Ierm 7. 31. and Ier. 32. 35. So either it was a starre as the Prophet saith the starre of your God Amos 5. 26. or the multitude of stars as Stephen saith God gave them up to worship the host of heaven Act. 7. 42. which another Prophet confirmeth saying They shall spread them before the Sun and the Moone and all the host of heaven whom they have loved and whom they have served Ier. 8. 2. Of like sort were Adram melech and Anam-melech the Gods of Sepharvaim unto whom that people burnt their children in fire 2 King 17. 31. Of this Idoll Molech R. Solomon on Ierem. 7. 31. saith there was an Image of brasse set up in the valley of Hinnom neere Ierusalem after the forme before noted out of Ialkut not profane or not pollute not prostitute it is contrary to hallowing or sanctifying Lev. 22. 32. And as Gods name is profaned funday wayes Lev. 21. 6. and 19. 12. so in speciall by idolatry as when they applyed Gods name or word to the service of Molech forementioned or the like The Hebrew doctors among other things doe apply this unto the giving of ones life for the truth and religion of God saying Who so ever ought rather to be killed then to transgresse Gods law if he be killed for that he will not transgresse loe he sanctifieth the name of God and if it be before ten men of Israel loe he sanctifieth the Name publikely as did Daniel Ananias Misael Azarias c. Dan. 3. 6. And of such it is said in Ps. 44. for thy sake we are killed all the day c. But who soever ought to be killed rather then to transgresse and hee transgresseth rathen he will bee killed toe be
things and to be eaten as Deut. 12. 15. which wee have heard expounded of the holy things disabled for sacrifice which are redeemed And all such holy things which are disabled when they are redeemed it is lawfull to kill them in the Butchers shambles and to sell them there and weigh out their flesh as other common meates except the first borne and the tithe Maim in Issure M ãâ¦ã chap. 1. sect 10. 12. This redeeming of blemished holy things is to be understood with a limitation to fixed or perpetuall blemishes onely not for transitorie The old beast and the sicke and that hath foulenesse on it are excepted for though they be not fit to be effred they are not redeemed but let live and feed till some other fixed blemish come upon them and then they are redeemed So a sanctified beast on which a transitorie blemish is come as scabs or the like it is not offred neither redeemed Ibidem chapter 2. section 6. Ves. 23. superfluous or overlong and as Iarehi expoundeth it a member greater then his fellow see Levit. 21. 18. lacking or too short any member shrunke up not lacking wholly for so it was un ãâ¦ã ull but lacking in the length or bignesse the Greeke translateth it curttailed mayest makes or shalt make voluntary-offring which some understand of the peace-offrings the most inferious therefore God permitteth such imperfections in this but not in the vowed sacrifice which was next unto this nor in any other How it differed from a vow is shewed on Leviticus 7. 16. The Greeke version saith Thou shalt make them slaine beasts for thy selfe the Hebrew doctors understand these not for sacrifice on the altar on which no blemished beast might bee offred at all but for the maintenance of the sanctuarie the prices of them were taken as a voluntary gift It is unlawfull to sanctifie perfect beasts to the reparation or maintenance of the sanctuarie for it is written And bull or sheepe that hath any member superfluous or lacking thou shalt make it a voluntary offring We have beene taught that this is a voluntary offring for the maintenanee of the Sanctuarie c. for they may offer no blemished thing upon the Altar For ãâã said ãâã it thou maiest make a voluntary offring for the maintenance of the house but thou maiest not ãâã perfect beasts a voluntary offring for the maintenance of the House c. Maim tom 3. in Erachin or treat of Estimate and devout things chap. 5. 1. 6. Vers. 24. bruised in any part of the body and particularly in the stones thereof of which some doe understand this and so the Greeke Thladias signifieth that which hath the stones bruised or is ãâã in your land that is any in the land of Israel opposed to the alien in the verse following not doe it that is not offer or make it a sacrifice nor suffer it to bee done by any in your land therefore the Greeke translateth it shall not be done or sacrificed Or we may reade it not make such and so the Hebrewes understand it to bee a prohibition against cutting the members of generation or gelding of man beast or bird Maimony in Issure biah chap. 16. s. 9. See the notes on Deut. 23. 1. Vers. 25. strangers sonne or sonne of an alien that is aâ gentile or paynim not of the seed or of the Church of Israel see Genesis 17. 12. and Exod. 12. 43. The Chaldee translateth it sonne of the peoples the Greeke Allogenes a stranger or of another stacke such were the Samaritans to the Iewes Luk. 17. 16. 18. And these differed from strangers proseiytes mentioned before in verse 18. the bread in Greeke the gifts in Chaldee the oblation as in Levit. 21. 6. of any of these to weer these blemished beasts before prohibited So the Hebrewes say Not the oblations of Israel onely but even the oblations of the heathens if they offer blemished things he that offreth them is to be beaten Levit. 22. 25. Maimony in Issure Mizb chap. 1. sect 6. their corruption is in them this may bee understood of the strangers themselves whose infidelitie is their corruption and as a blemish upon their sacrifice so it may be translated their corruption in them is a blemish in them The Greeke translateth their corruptions are in them a blemish in them Of the offring of heathens sacrifices the Hebrewes write thus An heathen that bringeth Peace-offrings they offer them for burnt-offrings for the heathens heart is towards heaven If he vow peace-offrings and give them to Israel upon condition to make atonement by them for Israel the Israelites eat them with the peace-offrings of Israel and so if hee give them to the Priest the Priest eateth them An Israelite which is an Apastate to idolatrie or a prophaner of the Sabbath publikely they receive of him no offring at all Though it be a burnt-offring such as they receive from an heathen they receive it not from this Apostata But if hee be an Apostate to other transgressions they receive of him all sacrifices to the end that he may turne by repentance The Burnt-offrings of the heathens they bring not with them meat or drinke-offrings but their meat and drinke offrings are of the Congregations Neither doe they impose hands on them for there is no imposing of hands but by Israelites by men not by women Maimony in Magnaseh hakorbanoth chap. 3. sect 3. 5. and Thalmud Bab. in Menachoth chap. 6. and in Cholin chap. 1. Sol. Iarchi also upon this scripture saith And from the hand of a strangers sonne that is a gentile which shall bring an oblation by the hand of the Priest to offer it unto the God of heaven ye shall not offer unto him a blemished thing For although blemished things were not forbidden the sonnes of Noe to offer except such as lacked a lim this was in use in the high places in the fields but upon the Altar that is in the Tabernacle you shall offer none such but a perfect oblation shall you receive of them Touching the sacrifices of the heathens consider that edict of King Darius who of his owne goods gave sacrifices for the Priests to offer in Ierusalem to the GOD of heaven and pray for the life of the King and of his sons Ezra 6. 8. 9. 10. See also the annotations on Lev. 17. 5. Vers. 27. under his dam Hebrew under his mother All the seven daies he is said to bee lacking time Turtle doves whose time is not come are as beasts that lacke time and yong pigeons whose time is past are all as blemished but they that offer them are not beaten although the oblation is disallowed and not acceptable Maimony in Issure Misheach ch 3. s. 8. 9. See the annotations on Exod. 22. 30. and Lev. 1. 14. The Hebrewes say the reason why it should be seven dayes under the dam was that the Sabbath might passe over it R. Menachem on Lev. 22. Vers 28. Cow The Hebrew word is the
beasts which are borne to him into one fold together but every flocke by it selfe They may not tithe of the sheepe for the bullocks noâ of the bul ãâ¦ã for the sheepe but they may tithe of the sheepe for the goats and of the goats for the sheep for Tson the flock compreheÌdeth them both They may not tithe them that are born this yeere from them that are borne in another yeere even as they may not tithe of the seed of the land of the new for the old or of the old for the new All that are borne in the first of Tââri September untill the 29. of Elââ August are alike and they may tithe of the one for the other If five lambs be borne the 29. day of August and five the first of September they are not alike or matches If a lamb bring forth a yong within her yeere then shee and her yong are put into the fold together to be tithed Maim in Becoroth ch 7. s. 1. 5. The tithes as also the First fruits in Israel which the Lord sanctified to himselfe besides their use for his honour the sustentation of his ministers and the poore had also a further signification of Gods elect people whom hee sanctifieth and reserveth unto himselfe for salvation as the tithes and first fruits of his creatures Esay 6. 13. Ier. 2. 3. Iam. 1. 18. Heb. 12. 23. Rev. 14. 4. Vers. 33. He shall not search the Greeke translateth Thou shalt not change them a good for a bad or a bad for a good the change thereof that is the beast put in the place thereof not be redeemed under this the Hebrewes understand also a prohibition to sell it if it were unblemished as Maimony in Becoroth c. 6. s. 5. c. saith It is unlawfull to sell the tithe beast if it be perfect without blemish for it is said It shall not bee redeemed Wee have beene taught that this is also a prohibition to sell it And it seemeth unto me that be thas selleth his tithe doth nothing his sale is of no force neither shall the buyer receive it By the doctrine of our Scribes it is unlawfull to sell the blemished tithe yea though it bee slaine But if a blemished tithe beast be slaine it is lawfull to âell the fat synewes skin or bones thereof and they have forbidden nothing to bee sold but the flesh onely T ãâ¦ã tithes in Israel being thus sanctified by the commandement of God unto his honour the maintenance of his ministers and reliefe of his poore people it taught them and teacheth us to honouâ the Lord with our substance Prov. 3. 9. acknowledging him to bee the author of all our increase and store Deut. 8. 13. 18. Hos. 2. 8. to honour his ministers and to communicate unto them in ãâã good things 1 Tim. 5. 17. 18. Galat. 6. 6. that they which sow unto us spirituall things should reape our carnall things 1 Cor. 9. 11. and to give almes of such things as wee have that all things may bee cleane unto us Luk. 11. 41. yea even to se ãâ¦ã that we have and give almes to provide our selves bagges which waxe not old a treasure in the heaven that faileth not Luk. 12. 33. And as we beleeve that the purpose of God towards us in his election of grace standeth firme and unchangeable and hee loveth us unto the end Rom. 9. 11. Ioh. 13. 1. so ought our love againe unto him and his to be constant for ever and with purpose of heart we should cleave unto the Lord Act. 11. 23. HEB. 7. 11. 12. If perfection were by the Leviticall Priesthood for under it the people received the Law what further need was there that another Priest should rise after the order of Melchisedek and not be called after the order of Aaron For the Priesthood being changed there is made of necessitie a change also of the Law HEB. 8. 1. 2. We have such an high Priest who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majestie in the heavens a minister of the Holies and of the true Tabernacle which the Lord pitched and not man HEB. 9. 28. Christ was once offred to beare the sinnes of many and unto them that looke for him shall he appeare the second time without Sinne unto salvation ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FOVRTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED NVMBERS WHEREIN BY CONFERENCE OF THE Scriptures by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee Versions and Testimonies of Hebrew Writers the Lawes and Ordinances given of old unto ISRAEL in this Booke are explained BY HENRY AINSWORTH IVDE vers 5. I will put you in remembrance though ye once knew this how that the Lord having saved a people out of the Land of Egypt afterward destroyed them that beleeved not PSALM 95. 10. Fortie yeeres was I grieved with this generation HEB. 3. 17 18 19. 4. 11. But with whom was he grieved fortie yeeres Was it not with them that had sinned whose carkasses fell in the wildernesse And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest but to them that beleeved not So wee see that they could not enter in because of unbeleefe Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest lest any man fall after the same example of unbeleefe LONDON ¶ Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. The summe of the Booke of NVMBERS THis fourth booke of Moses sheweth the numbers and order of the Tribes of Israel as they camped about Gods Sanctuarie and journeyed thorow the Wildernesse with the many troubles rebellions punishments favours deliverances conquests c. in their travels during the time of almost 39. yeeres With additions and explanations of sundry Lawes given of God for their sanctification and preparation to the inheritance of the Land of Canaan More particularly THe numbring of the Tribes of Israel except the Levites Chap. 1 The order of the Tribes when they encamped and journeyed 2 The numbers order charges of the Priests and Levites 3. and 4 Lawes for the sanctifying of the Campe for jealousie Nazirites and blessing of the people 5. and 6 The Princes oblations at the dedication of the Tabernacle and Altar 7 The consecration of the Levites to their ministeries 8 The Passeover in the wildernesse The cloud that guided the people 9 Silver trumpets with their uses The campe ariseth and setteth forward 10 The people murmur and lust for flesh are fed and punished Seventie Elders are joyned with Moses 11 Mary murmureth against Moses and is striken with leprosie 12 Twelve men are sent to spie the Land of Canaan 13 They bring up an evill report of the Land the people murmur and rebell and are condemned to die in the wildernesse 14 Lawes how to sacrifice in Canaan 15 The rebellions and punishments of Korah Dathan Abiram and the Congregation of Israel 16 Aarons rod flourisheth for a signe to confirme the Leviticall priesthood 17 The Priests and Levites
hundred Of the sonnes of Aser by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Aser were one and fortie thousand and five hundred The sonnes of Naphtali by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Naphtali were three and fiftie thousand and foure hundred These are those that were mustered which Moses mustered and Aaron and the Princes of Israel twelve men each one was for the house of his fathers And they were all those that were mustered of the sonnes of Israel according to the house of their fathers from twentie yeeres old and upward everyone that went forth with the armie in Israel Even all that were mustered were six hundred thousand and three thousand and five hundred and fiftie But the Levites according to the tribe of their fathers were not mustered among them For Iehovah had spoken unto Moses saying Onely the tribe of Levi thou shalt not muster neither take the summe of them among the sonnes of Israel But thou appoint the Levites over the Tabernacle of the Testimonie and over all the vessels thereof and over all things that belong to it they shall beare the Tabernacle and all the vessels thereof and they sha ãâ¦ã minister unto it and shall encampe round about the Tabernacle And when the Tabernacle setteth forward the Levites shall take it downe and when the Tabernacle is to be pitched the Levites shall set it up and the stranger that commeth nigh shall be put to death And the sonnes of Israel shall encampe every man by his owne campe and every man by his owne standard throughout their armies But the Levites shall encampe round about the Tabernacle of the Testimonie that there be no fervent wrath upon the congregation of the sonnes of Israel and the Levites shall keepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Testimonie And the sonnes of Israel did so according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses so did they Annotations NVmbers This name is given unto this booke according to the Greeke title because the first chiefe thing here handled is the numbring of the tribes of Israel The Hebrewes give it no other name then of the first words Vajedabber that is And the LORD spake or Bemidbar that is In the wildernesse see the first annotations on Genesis and Exodus And here beginneth the 34. section or lecture of the Law whereof see Gen. 6. 9. Verse 1. Sinai the mount whereon the Law had beene given Exod. 19. by which mountaine Israel yet abode untill the twentieth day of this moneth Numb 10. 11. 12. the Tent or Tabernacle of meeting whither the people were to assemble at the times appointed and where God met with them as he promised Exod. 25. 22. It is called also the Tabernacle of Testimonie v. 43. and so the Greeke translateth it here the first Hebr. the one understanding day as in Mat. 26. 17. compared with Marke 14. 12. see the notes on Gen. 8. 13. And one is often put for first as is noted on Gen. 1. 5. And every first day of the moneth was a feast Numb 28. 11. c. second moneth which we now call Aprill so in Thargum Ionathan it is said the first of the moneth Ijar that is Aprill which is the second moneth In the Scripture it is named Ziv 1. King 6. 1. of the brightnesse and beautie of the flowers which then doe spring But God had spoken before unto them in the first moneth which is related after in Numb 9. 1. c. after their comming forth or of their departing seethe annotations on Exod. 16. 1. God having given them lawes for his service in Exodus and Leviticus doth now settle their church and commonwealth in order Vers. 2. the summe Hebr. the head which some vnderstand for heads that is the Rulers but the Chaldee expoundeth it the summe or count see the notes on Exod. 30. 12. This people was numbred by Moses three times in the first yeere after they came out of Egypt when every man gave a ransome for his soule whereby their redemption by Christ was figured Exod. 30. 11 12. c. 38. 25 26. In the second yeere when now they were to be set in order for their encamping about the Sanctuarie and journeying with it towards Canaan whereof the 4. first chapters of this booke doe treat The third and last muster was in the fortieth yeere the last of their travell when all this generation being dead their sonnes were numbred for to receive inheritance in the land of promise a Figure of the Kingdome of Heaven the sonnes of Israel the twelue tribes Gen. 49. 1. 2. 28. So all strangers are excluded from this numbring The Levites also were numbred apart vers 49. c. families or kindreds which next descended of those twelve tribes of which families see Numb 26. 5. c. house that is as the Greeke translateth houses and these were the next descent of the families aforesaid See Ios. 7. 14. Aben Esra here noteth that it is said the house of their fathers because the familie of the mother is not called a familie everymale whereby the females are excluded as also all children vers 3. their polles or their skulles that is as the Greeke translateth their heads meaning the particular persons so in Exod. 38. 26. V. 3. old Hebr. sonne of twentie yeeres that is going in his twentieth yeere of which phrase see the annotations on Gen. 5. 32. So all children and youths under 20. yeeres were not in this account upward some of the Hebrewes limit the time unto sixtie yeeres old R. Menachem on Numb 1. but the law setteth no such limitation that goeth forth to wit usually or is able to goe forth So all that were unable for the warre through old age sicknesse or other infirmities are not mustered here with Israel shall muster or shall number which in the Hebrew and Greeke hath the name of visiting This numbring of Israel signified Gods providence and care over them which extendeth not onely to their persons but to the very haires of their heads which are all numbred Luk. 12. 7. And in that they are numbred or mustred by their armies it shewed whereunto God had called them even to fight the good sight of faith 1 Tim. 6. 12. By the word of truth by the power of God by the armour of righteousnesse on the right hand and on the lest 2 Cor. 6. 7. Therefore they were to follow the Lord and his Tabernacle going before them to fight against the Canaanites as in our spirituall warfare we are to follow Christ Reu. 12. 7. 19. 11. 14. And onely males
their service Num. 4. 3. And also because there ãâã ãâã inheritance given them among the sonnes of Israel Num. 26. 62. but the Lord was their inheritance Deut. 10. 8 9. Now to be numbred apart and not with others signified some speciall favour towards such and care over them as Num. 23. 9. Aaron Aaron the elder brother of Moses and ãâã Levites therefore their names are mentioned here V. 3. he filled that is consecrated or perfected ãâã the Greeke translateth See the annotations on Exââ 29. 9. and Levit. 8. V. 4. dyed by a fire from the Lord Levit. 10. 1 2. This is mentioned againe in Num. 26. 61. 1 Chron. 24. 1 2. had no sonnes the Hebrewes as Chazkuni upon this place say if they had had sonnes those sonnes had beene before Eleazar and Ithamar for whosoever is fore-most in inheritance is foremost for honour or dignitie in the sight of Aaron or before the face that is whiles Aaron lived as before the face of Tharah Gen. 11. 38. is while Tharah lived before the Moone and Sunne Psal. 72. 5. 17. is whiles they continue to give light The Greeke translateth With Aaron Elsewhere it is said by the hand of Aaron 1 Chron. 24. 19. Of these two there were so many Priests in Davids dayes that he distributed them into 24. courses sixteene of Eleazar and eight of Ithamar 1 Chron. 24. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors say Moses divided the Priests into eight wards or courses foure of Eleazar and foure of Ithamar and so they were untill the Prophet Samuels dayes Then Samuel and David the King parted them into 24. courses And over every course or ward there was one chiefe Provost And they went up to Ierusalem to serve by course every weeke And every sabbath day they changed one course went out and the next after them came in c. Maimony tom 3. treat of the Instruments of the Sanctuarie chapt 4. sect 3. Compare 1 Chron. 9. 22. 25. 2 King 11. 5. 7. V. 6. present it or cause it to stand speaking of the tribe In Greeke present them V. 7. his charge Hebr. his custody or obseruation that is that which he commandeth them to obserue See this phrase in Lev. 18. 30. ãâ¦ã of all the congregation the Greeke explaineth it of the sonnes of Israel as in v. 8. So ãâã 2 Chron. 35. 3. serve the Lord your God and his people Israel It meaneth also such things as they were charged to keepe but the Levites now were taken in their stead ãâ¦ã to serve the service in Greeke to worke or doe the workes of the Tabernacle which in Num. 8. 11. is said to serve the service of the Lord. After in the 8. verse the Greeke translateth according to all the workes of the Tabernacle The Hebrewes write thus The sâed of Levi are all of them separated for the service of the Sanctuarie And it is commanded that the Levites be prepared and readie for the service of the Sanctuarie whether they be willing or not willing as in Num. 18. 23. And the Levite he shall serve the service of the Tent of the congregation And the sonne of Levi which will take upon him all the Levites commandements saving one thing they receive him not in till he take all upon him Maimony treat of the Instruments of the Sanct. chap. 3. sect 1. V. 9. are given are given that is as the Greeke here and Moses himselfe in Num. 18. 6. explaineth it are a gift given oâ they are wholly given So the Ministers of the Gospell are called gifts Ephes. 4. 8. 11. ãâ¦ã unto him for his helpe in the charge and worke of the Sanctuarie they ministring unto him and he and his sonnes ministring before the Tabernacle Num. 18. 2. 6. V. 11. shalt appoint or constitute set in office as Bishops or Overseers The Greeke explaineth it thou shalt constitute over the Tabernacle of Testimonie their Priests office for every thing of the Altar and within the veile Num. 18. 7. the stranger that is whosoeuer is not of Aarons seed as is explained in Num. 16. 40. for no man taketh the honour unto himselfe but he that is called of God as was Aaron Hebr. 5. 4. So Chazkuni here expoundeth stranger to be Israelite or Levite that commeth neere to minister And Maimony in Biath hamikdash chap. 9. sect 1. saith Who is the stranger Whosoever is not of the seed of Aaron the males And after God himselfe forbiddeth the Levites to come night he vessels of the Sanctuarie and the Altar on paine of death Numb 18. 3. put to death by the magistrate or by the hand of God as was Korah for presuming to doe the Priests office Numb 16. V. 12. every first-borne which before the Levites were taken in their stead did minister to the Lord as is noted on Exod. 24. 5. And upon what occasion God tooke the Levites instead of the first-borne is to be seene in Exod. 32. 26. 29. Deut. 33. 9. shall be mine to minister before me as the Chaldee expoundeth it V. 13. I smote in Chaldee I killed see Exod. 12. 29 30. The Lord having slaine all the first-borne of Egypt and spared the Israelites did therefore challenge for his owne and sanctifie to him-selfe all Israels first-borne Exod. 13. 2. but tooke the Levites and their cattle in stead of Israels first-borne men and cattle Num. 3. 45. and gave them as a gift to Aaron to minister unto him Who being in his Priesthood a type of Christ all these rites are in him fulfilled For unto Christ God gave children Hebr. 2. 13. and they are a congregation of first-borne written in heaven Hebr. 12. 23. being of Gods owne will begotten by the word of truth that they should be a kinde of first-fruits of his creatures Iam. 1. 18. to whom he also giveth the first-fruits of his Spirit Rom. 8. 23. These wait on and follow the Lambe Christ being bought from among men and first-fruits unto God and to the Lambe Rev. 14. 4. These were brought for an offering unto the Lord out of all nations and of them the Lord hath taken for Priests and for Levites Esai 66. 20 21. and Christ hath made us Kings and Priests unto God and his Father that we may serve him day and night in his Temple Rev. 1. 6. and 7. 15. V. 15. Muster or Number Hebr. Visit. This was done by Moses and Aaron v. 39. and by the Princes of the congregation Num. 4. 34. though here the commandement is directed unto Moses onely house in Greeke houses old Heb. sonne of a moneth Tho cause why the Levites were numbred from this age was for that they came in place of the first-borne of Israel whose redemption is appointed from a moneth old Num. 18. 15 16. And they were counted after the houses of their fathers not of their mothers for if a woman of Levi were maried to a man of Iudah or any other tribe her sonne was not a Levite The Hebrew canons say
Creator without dark speech without parable He it is of whom the Law testifieth APPARANTLY AND NOT IN DARKE SPEECHES Num. 12. 8. for hee prophesied not by darke speech but apparantly for he saw the thing concerning his Creator All the Prophets were afraid and troubled and fainted but Moses was not so for the Scripture saith As a man speaketh unto his friend Exod. 33. 11. as if he should say as a man is not troubled to heare the words of his friend so there was strength in the mind of Moses to understand the words of prophesie and he stood on his place safe and well None of the Prophets prophesied at all times when they would but Moses was otherwise for at any time when he would the holy Ghost clothed him and prophesie came upon him and he needed not to prepare his minde and make himselfe readie for it for he was prepared and readie and stood as the Angels of ministerie therefore he prophesied at all times as it is said Stand still and I will heare what the LORD will command concerning you Num. 9. 8. And this God caused him to trust upon as it is said But as for thee Stand thou here with me c Deut. 5. 31. whereby thou maist learne that all the Prophets when prophesie was taken up from them returned to their tents which was for things necessary to the body of them all as the rest of the people therefore they were not separated from their wives but Moses our master returned not to his first tent therefore hee was separated from his wife for ever and his minde was fast bound unto God the Rocke everlasting and his glory was never taken up from upon him but the skinne of his face shined and he was sanctified as the Angels Maimony in Misn. tom 1 in Iesude hattorah chap 7 sect 1. 6. Now as the Apostle compareth Christ with Moses and preferreth him before Moses Heb. 3. so in this gift of prophesie hee did excel him for the Lord God gave him the tongue of the learned that he knew how to speake a word in season Esai 50. 4. and this he learned not by dreams or visions nor by Angels nor by speech communicated mouth to mouth but by cleare seeing of God which no man ever did at any time and being in the bosome of the Father Ioh. 1. 18. and having the Spirit not by measure he testified what hee had seene and heard with his Father Iohn 3. 34. 32. and 8. 38. and in him all fulnesse dwelt even the fulnesse of the Godhead bodily Coloss. 1. 19. and 2. 9. will I speake that is I usually speake the time to come is used to signifie a continued action in vision or by sight or appearance that is apparantly the Greeke translateth in an appearance or sight which word is opposed in 2 Cor. 5. 7. to faith which is of things not seene Hebr. 11. 1. and here the Lord opposeth it to darke speeches so it meaneth an apparant or cleare revelation Aben Ezra explaineth it thus I will show him the thing as it is as the forme of the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 40 and not in a darke speech or riddle like that in Ezek. 17. 2. a great Eagle with great wings c. darke speeches or hidden speeches riddles a ãâ¦ã speech is called in Hebrew Chidah of sharpnes because it requireth sharpnesse of wit both to propound expound the same as we have example ãâã Sampsons riddle Iudg. 14. 13 14 c. it is of the nature of a parable as in Eze. 17. 2. 3. Son of man put forth a riddle speak a parable to the house of Israel A great Eagle with great wings long winged fullâ feathers which had divers colors came unto Lebanan c. And all close and hidden doctrine is called a riddle Psal. 49. 5. And the holy Ghost translateth it in Greeke sometime Ainigma a riddle 1 Cor. 13. 12. as the common Greeke version hee hath sometime hidden things Mat. 13. 35. from Psal. 78. 2. and so the Chaldee of Ionathan expoundeth it here The Apostle sheweth the meaning of this word when he saith Now we see thorow a glasses a riddle that is darkly but then we shall see face to face 1 Corinth 13. 12. the similitude or the likenesse image which the Greeke interpreteth the glory of the Lord Sol. IIrchi saith This was the sight of Gods back-parts mentioned in Exod. 33. 23. And this prerogative Moses hââ above all Israel which saw no similitude of God Deut. 4. 12. 15. and above all Prophets who saw no vision of God so cleare as hee did For even Moses himselfe could not see the face of God Exââ 33 20. No man hath seene God at any time Iohn 1. 18. neither can see 1 Tim. 6. 16. against my servant against Moses a manner of speech both earnest and elegant like that in Gen. 21. 10. with my sonne with Isaack and that in 2 Sam. 7. 23. like thy people like Israel Sol. Iarchi noteth Hee saith not against my servant Moses but against my servent against Moses against my servant though he were not Moses against Moses for though he were not my servant it were meet yee should feare before him ãâã much more seeing he is my servant According to this the Apostle speaketh in 2 Pet. 2. 10. they are not afraid to speake evill of dignities Vers. 9. he went away withdrew the signe of his glorious presence not vouchsafing to locate their answer which was a token of his great dâpleasure Vers. 10. the cloud departed the cloud of the glory of the divine presence of the Lord saith Targum Ionathan leprous as snow that is leprous white as snow and this was the sorest leprosie and most incurable see Exod. 4. 6. 2 King 5. 27. and they that had this disease were put out of the Lords campe as uncleane Levit. 13. and therefore God departed now away for as Chazkuni here saith It is not the way of the earth that holinesse should stay in an unclean place This punishment was very memorable both for the suddennes and sorenesse of it wherefore it is after said Remember what Iehovah thy God did unto Marie by the way ãâ¦ã ter that ye were come forth out of Egypt Deut. 24. 9 And if God did thus unto so great a woman for Moses sake what will he doe to such as rebell against Christ who is counted worthy of more glory than Moses Heb. 3. 3. For if they escaped not who refused him that spake on earth much more shall not ãâã escape if we turne away from him that speakth from heaven Hebr. 12. 25. For Christ is not the servant but the Sonne even the Lord from heaven 1 Cor. 15. 47. Verse 11. Alas my lord or Oh my lord Hebr. unto me to wit have respect the Chaldee explaineth it We pray thee my lord see this phrase in Gen. 43. 20. Aaron as unworthy of accesse himselfe unto God now departed maketh request unto Moses
not onely the antiquitie of Chebron but by consequence the goodnesse of the land For the Anakims which reigned over all seated themselves in the best places Sol. Iatchi saith It may be that C ham builded Chebron for his younger son Canaan before he builded Zoan for Mizraim his elder son c. Of all countries none excelled Egypt as it is written Like the garden of the Lord like the land of Egypt Gen. 13. 10. And Zoan was the most excellent in the land of Egypt for there the kings dwelt as it is written For his Princes were at Zoan Esai 30. 4. but Chebron was seven time better than it Verse 23. bourne or vallie brooke The Hebrew Nachal signifieth both a valley Gen. 26. 17. 19. and a river or brooke running in a valley our English word bourne answereth to them both Esh ãâ¦ã signifieth a cluster and of the Israelites cutting of the cluster this place had the name for a memoriall vers 24. The Greeke translateth it the vallie of the cluster This place is reported to have beene in the tribe of Dan within a little of the vallie Sorck mentioned in Iudg. 16 4. a branch to wit of a vine and one cluster of grapes upon it as the Greeke version saith and so Iarchi explaineth it a branch of a vine and a cluster of grapes hanging upon it on a staffe or on a barre the Greeke translateth on barres or leavers and omitteth the words following by two which seemeth to favour the exposition that Chazkuni giveth here they bare it on a barre of the branch with two other barres But the more simple and plaine meaning is set downe in Targum Ionathan thus on a barre on the shoulders of two of them Vers. 25. at the end of 40. dayes in Greeke after 40. dayes In Targum Ionathan there is added in the moneth of Ab which wee call Iuly at the end of 40. dayes And Chazkuni explaineth it further that they began on the 29. of Sivan which we name May and ended on the eighth of Ab or Iuly So many dayes our Lord Christ after his resurrection viewed his disciples being seene of them 40. dayes Act. 1. 3. And according to this number of daies the Israelites had yeares allotted them to wander and perish in the wildernesse because they beleeved not God but refused to goe into the good land proffered them Numb 14. 33. 34. Of the mysterie in this number 40. see more in the notes on Deut. 25. 3. Verse 26. to Kadesh called also Kadesh ãâã Deut. 1. 19. There was a citie of the Edomite called Kadesh Num. 20. 16. whereupon the widernesse by it was called also Kadesh Psal. 29. ãâã and the same was called the wildernesse of Zin Num. 33. 36. Chazkuni here saith The wildernesse of Pharan and the wildernesse of Zin and Hazeroth and Kadesh barnea and Rithmah Num. 33. 18. were one neare to another This Kadesh in Greeke Kades The Chaldee nameth Rekam Verse 27. they told him to wit Moses in the hearing of all the congregation and honey that is with all good things see the notes on Exod. 3. 8. Thus they acknowledged the truth of Gods promises they said It is a good land which the Lord our God doth give unto us Deut. 1. 25. Verse 28. Neverthelesse or But that This latter part of the speech was from the ten spies not from Caleb or Iosua who here take occasion to terrifie the people from going to possesse the land Deut. 1. 28. fenced with strong holds high walls and munition the Greeke expresseth it by two words fenced walled in Deut. 1. 28. and 9. 1. it is said fenced up to heaven and in Deut. 3. 5. fenced with high walls gates and barres children of Anak in Greeke the generation of Enak in Chaldee sonnes of the Giant so in Deut. 1. 28. the Greeke translateth them sonnes of the Giants see before on vers 20. Of these there went a proverbe Who can stand before the sons of Anak Deut. 9. 2. And of this the Greekes borrowed the word Anakes to signifie Kings and by interpretation Anak signifieth a chaine Prov. 1. 9. which is an ornament for kings and great personages and of old upon their beasts necks also Iudg. 8. 26. And many such men were chained with pride as Ps. 73. 6. Vers. 29. Amalek that is the Amalekites the posteritie of Amalek the sonne of Esau of whom see Exod. 17. 8 c. Because they had beene smitten by Amalek Deut. 25. 17 18. the spies doe now make mention of him to make them afraid saith Iarchion Num. 13. This Amalek who was the first of the nations Num. 24. 20. and an enemie to Israel would hinder as they thought their entrance on the South side in the mountaine that is the mountaines or as the Greeke translateth the mountainy part for these nations here reckoned were the most mighty and the Chethites possessed mount Thabor the Iebusites Ierusalem and mountaines about it the Amorites mount Here 's c. Iudg. 1. 21. 34 35 36. and these Amorites were high as Cedars and strong as Oakes Amos 2. 9. so the land seemed in their eyes unpossible to be conquered the coast or side Hebr. the land of Iordan which was towards the East as the Sea was to the west Vers. 30. Caleb and Iosua with him afterward Num. 14. 6. 7. though now at first it may be Iosua purposely held his peace in prudence because hee was Moses minister and let Caleb speake stilled the people before Moses or made the people to keepe silence before or unto Moses that is the people beginning to mumure and speake unto Moses and against him Caleb stilled them The Chaldee expoundeth it he made the people to attend that is to hearken unto Moses and Ionathan in his Targum saith hee stilled the people and caused them to attend unto Moses And it appeareth by Deut. 1. 29 30. that Moses himselfe spake to incourage the people but they would not obey and said that is Caleb said as the 31. vers manifesteth and the Greeke addeth he said unto him we are well able to overcome it or prevailing we shall prevaile over it meaning the land which the Greeke explaineth over them the people And this was a speech of faith beleeving in the power and promise of God for Caleb now spake as it was in his heart Ios. 14. 7. Vers. 31. But the men Hebr. And the men meaning ten of the twelve all the other spies except Iosua Num. 14. 6. Vers. 32. an evill report an infamie or diffamation of which Solomon saith hee that uttereth it is a foole Prov. 10. 18. And for this their sinne these men dyed by a plague before the Lord Num. 14. 37. This infamie the Chaldee calleth an evill name the Greeke here a dread of the land but in Num. 14. 36. the Greeke expoundeth it evill words And whereas the Hebrew Dibbah signifieth but a speech or report though commonly of faults which may be done without
errour of Balaam and the contradiction or rebellion of Kore wherein they perish Iude verse 11. The Chaldee translateth it and will make knowne him that is fit for him and who is holâ or and the holy one that is him whom hee hath sanctified and separated unto the Priests office So David speaking of this rebellion calleth Aaron the holy one or Saint of Iehovah Psal. 106. 16. and he wore on the golden plate this ingraving Holinesâe to Iehovah Exod. 28. 36. for he figured our high Priest Christ who was holy harmlesse undefiled separate from sinners made higher than the heavens Heb. 7. 26. and who glorified not himselfe to be made an high Priest but had the honor given him of his Father Heb. 5. 5 6. and Korahs rebellion against Aaron was a type of mens rebellion against Christ as the Apostles have taught us The Greeke translateth as before plurally saying and the holy ones he hath brought neere unto himselfe cause to come neere or bring neere to wit to minister unto him as the Chaldee interpreteth it And this honor of Priesthood given now unto all Saints who are to offer up spirituall sacrifices acceptable to God by Iesus Christ 1 Pet. 2. 5. is commended by David when he saith Blessed is he whom thou choosest and causest to come neere unto thee that he may dwell in thy courts Ps. 65. 5. Which bringing neere or accesse we all have through Christ by one spirit unto the Father with confidence by the faith of him Ephes. 2. 18. and 3. 12. This latter part of the verse is by the Greeke interpreted thus And these whom hee hath not chosen to himselfe he hath not brought neere unto himselfe Verse 6. censers or fire vessels as the Greeke translateth it fire pans whereof see Exod. 27. 3. called sometime incense-vessels because incense was burnt in them 2 Chron. 26. 19. Ezek. 8. 11. which name the Apostle followeth in the Greeke Hebr. 9. 4. Verse 7. put ye fire Hebr. give ye fire and put incense doth choose or shall choose that is declare by manifest signe that hee chooseth and liketh he shall be holy that is shall be declared to be holy and so to be a Priest unto God Because the burning of incense in the censer was the meanes of atonement and expiation before God as after is shewed by Aarons iâct in verse 46 47 48. and was the peculiar worke of the Priest Levit. 16. 12 13. 2 Chron. 26. 18. wherein they that transgressed were in danger of death as the example of Nadab and Abihu sheweth Lev. 10. and it figured in speciall manner the prayers and mediation of Christ for his Church Psal. 141. 2. Rev. 8. 3. 1 Iohn 2. 1. therefore the triall of the Priesthood is put upon this worke rather than on any other sacrifice and the holinesse whereof Korath boasted verse 3. should either be approved or reproved of God For no man hath right to the honour of Priesthood unlesse it be given him of God Hebr. 5. 4 5. nor can without divine authoritie that is without the commandement and promise of God please him or appease his wrath towards himselfe or others Therefore it is a great prerogative and comfort unto all Saints that they are by Christ made Priests unto God and through him may boldly offer up their prayers and praises unto the Father Revel 1. 6. 1 Pet. 2. 5. Hebr. 13. 15. 1 Iohn 5. 14 16. yee take too much upon you or Let it suffice you that you have thus farre provoked the Lord and now leave off Thus Moses returneth the blame upon themselves which they had unjustly laid upon him in verse 3. So Elias doth upon Achab 1 Kings 18. 17 18. Verse 9. Is it a small thing or Seemeth it too little for you meaning on the contrary that it was a great thing and that they should therewith have beene contented for the Tribe of Levi were in the place of all the first-borne of Israel Num. 3. 41. So here he reproveth their unthankfulnesse to God separated you from the congregation as Israel was separated from all other peoples to be the Lords peculiar Lev. 20. 26. 1 Kings 8. 53. so were the Levites separated from the sonnes of Israel to be the Lords Num. 8. 14. And hereupon the Scripture speaketh of the Levites as distinct from the Israelites 1 Chron. 9. 2. Psal. 135. 19 20. So the Mânisters of Christ are said to be separated unto the Gospell of God Rom. 1. 1. Gal. 1. 15. Acts 13. 2. the service of the Tabernacle the workes belonging to the service of God therein being assistants to the Priests see Num. 8. 11 15 16. and 18. 21. 23. to stand before the congregation standâng is a signe of service and used for it as the Scripture in one place saith which stood before the King Ierem. 52. 112. and in another a servant of the King 2 King 25. 8. Whereupon the standing of the Levites is used for their service in Nehem. 12. 44. and as they were to stand before the Lord to minister unto him Deut. 10. 8. so here it is said to stand before the congregation to minister unto them thus they were servants of God and of his Church as Iosiah said unto them Serve now the Lord your God and his people Israel 2 Chron. 35. 3. See also âzek 44. 11. Verse 10. the Priesthood in Chaldee the high-Priesthood in Greeke to doe the Priests Office That was in degree above the Levites who were to minister unto the Priests but not to come nigh the Altar as did the Priests Num. 18. 2. 3. For the Levites were appointed unto all manner of service of the Tabernacle of the house of God but Aaron and his sonnes offered on the Altar of Burnt-offering and on the Altar of incense and were for all the worke of the most holy place and to make atonement for Israel 1 Chron. 6. 48 49. And Aaron was separated to wit from the other Levites that he should sanctifie the most holy things hee and his sonnes for ever to burne incense before the Lord to minister unto him and to blesse in his Name for ever 1 Chron. 23. 13. To usurpe affect or seeked this office of Priest-hood without the calling of God was a great sinne against divine order and authoritie severely punished here in Korah and his company in King Vzziah 2 Chron. 26. 19. 21. and others Verse 11. against Iehovah because it was against his ordinance and minister it is said to be against the Lord himselfe So when the people refused Samuels government God said They have not rejected thee but they have rejected me that I should not reigne over them 1 Sam. 87. and Christ said to his ministers He that heareth you heareth me and hee that despiseth you despiseth me and hee that despiseth me despiseth him that sent me He that receiveth whomsoever I send receiveth me and he that receiveth me receiveth him that sent me Luke 10. 16. Iohn 13.
and grow out of him by the blessing of God who maketh the crie tree to bud or flourish Ezek. 17. 24. as also it is prophesied of the church He shall cause them that come of Iakob to take root Israel shall blessome and bud and fill the face of the world with fruit Esat 27. 6. And the originall word for buds is also useâ for younglings or youth as in Iob 30. 12. The bles soming or flourishing of this rod figured also the comfortable and glorious effect of the ãâã ãâ¦ã tion of the Priests office as Christ is ãâã to ãâã forth ât the window flourishing thereâ the ãâã Serg 2. 9. that we all with open face may ãâã as in a glasse the glorie of the Lord 2 Cor. 3. 18 and this to the shame of his enemies Psal. 1 32. 18. The Almonds figured the fruits of his administration which hastily should shew forth themselves to the comfort of the Saints and punâshment of alâ that should resist him as unto Ieremie one of Aarons sonnes God shewed in a vision the rââ of an Almond tree which hath the name of ãâ¦ã ning and opened the same unto him thus Then hast well seene for I will hasten my word to performe it Ier. 1. 11 12. Therefore as soone as Vzziâh the King rose up to usurpe the Priests office the leprousie even rose up in his forehead 2 Chron. 26. 18. 19. Vers. 10. Bring againe or Returne Aarons red before the Testimonie in Greeke the Testimonies meaning the Tables of the covenant in the Arke as is noted on vers 4. before which it was laid up and not in it for nothing was in the Arke save the two tables of stone 1 King 8. 9. The Hebrewes record how in Solomons Temple there was a stone in the most holy place in the west part therof on which they set the Arke and before it was the golden pot of Manna and the rod of Aaron Maim tom 3. in Beth habchirah chap. 4. sect 1. to be kept Hebr. for a keeping or reservation As the Manna was kept in the golden pot within the most holy place of the sanctuarie for a reservation and monument to the Israclites that the generations after might see the bread which God had given their fathers to eat in the wildernesse Exod. 16. 32. 34. so this rod was kept in the same place for a reservation and for a signe that all generations might know the confirmation of their Priest ãâã in Aarons line Both did lead them unto Christ the Manna figuring the flesh of Christ the ãâã bread from heaven wherewith the faithfull should be nourished unto life eternall Iohâ 6. 31 32 33. 51. and the rod the Priesthood of Christ whereby they should be reconciled unto God Heb 9. 11 12. Therefore the Apostle mentioneth this budding rod with the pot of Manna among the most memorable things that were kept in the Holy oâ holies Heb. 9. 3 4. the sonnes of rebellion which the Greeke translateth the disobedient sons meaning the Israelites called sonnes or children of rebellion because they were so much addicted thereunto as if rebellion it selfe had beene their mother so that Moses testified Yee have beene rebellions against the LORD from the day that I knâw you Deut. 9. 24. This phrase is common in the Scriptures as a sonne of injurious evilâ or ãâã wickednesse Psal. 8. 23. for an injurious or wicked person and sonnes of affliction Prov. 31. 5. for afflicted persons so sonnes of Belial Deut. 13. ãâã 1 Sam. 2. 12. sonnes of disobedience Ephes. 2. 2. and 5. 6. sonnes of the light and of the day 1 Thes. 5. ãâã children of wisdome Mat. 11. 19. children of obedience 1 Pet. 1. 14. and sundry the like ãâã shalt quite take away or shalt consume shalt wh ãâ¦ã end their murmurings the Greeke translateth it and let their murmuring cease from me and they shall not die Vers. 12. we give up the ghost or have given up the ghost that is died or as the Greeke translateth are consumed This may be taken as an unjust complaint of theirs for the punishments that they had felt and should still feele for their sinnes Or rather as a serious complaint of their owne miserie being under sin and so by the Law under punishment and wrath like that which the Apostle saith I was alive without the Law once but when the commandement came sinne revived and I died and the commandement which was ordained unto life I found to be unto death Rom. 7. 9 10. The Chaldee paraphraseth upon their words thus Behold the sword hath killed some of us and behold the earth hath swallowed some of us and behold some of us are dead with the pestilence And Targum Ionathan thus Behold some of us are consumed with flaming fire and some of us are swallowed up into the earth and perished behold we thinke that as they so we all shall perish Vers. 13. that commeth neere in Greeke that toucheth the Tabernacle Shall we be consumed in giving up the ghost that is shall wee die every one This seemeth to be a deprecation whereby acknowledging their sinnes to be worthy of death they pray for mercy for so questions are often used in earnest deprecations as Wilt thou be angry with us for ever c. Psal. 85. 6. Wilt thou utterly reject us Lam. 5. 22. Wilt thou hold thy peace and afflict us very fore Esay 64. 12. and many the like CHAP. XVIII 1 The different charges of the Priests and of the Levites adjoyned unto them 9 The Priests portion of the peoples offrings and hallowed things and the use of them 21 The Levites portion is the tithes of the Israelites but no inheritance in the land 26. The Levites must give unto the Priests the tenth of their tithes as the Lords heave-offring and the rest themselves should enjoy for a reward of their service ANd Iehovah said unto Aaron Thou and thy sonnes and thy fathers house with thee shall beare the iniquity of the Sanctuary and thou and thy sonnes with thee shall beare the iniquity of your Priest-hood And thy brethren also the tribe of Levi the tribe of thy father bring thou neere with thee that they may be joyned unto thee and minister unto thee but thou and thy sonnes with thee shall minister before the Tent of the Testimony And they shall keepe thy charge and the charge of all the Tent but they shall not come nigh unto the vessels of holinesse and unto the Altar that they die not both they and you And they shall be joyned unto thee and shall keep the charge of the Tent of the Congregation for all the service of the Tent and a stranger shall not come nigh unto you And ye shall keep the charge of the Holy place and the charge of the Altar that there be no servent wrath any more upon the sonnes of Israel And I behold I have taken your brethren the Levites from among the sonnes of Israel to you they are
of the Canaanite and Lebanon unto the great River the river Euphrates Behold I have given the land before you goe in and possesse the land which Iehovah sware unto your fathers to Abraham to Isaac and to Iakob to give unto them and to their seed after them And I spake unto you at that time saying I am not able my selfe alone to beare you Iehovah your God hath multiplied you and behold you are this day as the Starres of the heavens for multitude Iehovah God of your fathers adde unto you a thousand times so many as you are and blesse you as hee hath spoken unto you How shall I beare my selfe alone your cumbrance and your burden and your strife Give yee for you wise men and understanding and knowne among your tribes and I will appoint them for to be your heads And yee answered me and said The word which thou hast spoken is good to doe And I tooke the heads of your tribes wise men and knowne and gave them to be heads over you rulers of thousands and rulers of hundreds and rulers of fifties and rulers of tens and officers among your tribes And I commanded your Iudges at that time saying Heare between your brethren and judge justice betweene a man and his brother and his stranger Yee shall not respect persons in judgement you shall heare alike the small and the great you shall not be afraid of the face of man for the judgment that is Gods and the cause which shall bee too hard for you bring it unto mee and I will heare it And I commanded you at that time all the things which yee should doe And we journeyed from Horeb and went thorow all that great and fearfull wildernesse which you have seene by the way of the mountaine of the Amorites as Iehovah our God commanded us and wee came unto Kadesh Barnea And I said unto you Yee are come unto the mountaine of the Amorites which Iehovah our God giveth unto us Behold Iehovah thy God hath given the land before thee goe up possesse it as Iehovah the God of thy Fathers hath spoken unto thee feare not neither be discouraged And ye came near unto me all of you and said We will send men before us and they shall search out for us the land and shall bring us word againe by what way wee shall goe up and into what Cities we shall come And the word was good in mine eies and I tooke of you twelve men one man of a tribe And they turned went up into the mountaine and came unto the valley of Eshcol and they searched it out And they tooke in their hand of the fruit of the land and brought it downe unto us and brought us word againe and said It is a good land which Iehovah our God giveth us But ye would not goe up but rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah your God And murmured in your Tents and said In the hatred of Iehovah towards us he hath brought us forth out of the land of Egypt to give us into the hand of the Amorite to destroy us Whither goe we up Our brethren have caused our heart to melt saying The people is greater and taller than wee the Cities are great and walled up to heaven and moreover wee have seene the sonnes of the Anakims there And I said unto you Bee not terrified neither be afraid of them Iehovah your God that goeth before you he will fight for you according to all that hee did for you in Egypt before your eyes And in the wildernesse which thou hast seene how that Iehovah thy God bare thee as a man doth bear his sonne in all the way that ye went untill yee came unto this place Yet in this thing you did not beleeve in Iehovah your God Who went before you in the way to search you out a place to pitch your tents in in fire by night to shew you by what way ye should goe and in a cloud by day And Iehovah heard the voice of your words and was wroth and sware saying If there shall a man see of these men of this evill generation the good land which I sware to give unto your fathers Except Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh hee shall see it and to him will I give the land that he hath trodden upon and to his sonnes because he hath fully followed Iehovah Also Iehovah was angrie with mee for your sakes saying Thou also shalt not goe in thither Ioshua the son of Nun which standeth before thee hee shall goe in thither strengthen thou him for hee shall cause Israel to inherit it And your little ones which you said should bee for a prey and your sons which know not this day good and evill they shall goe in thither and unto them will I give it and they shall possesse it But as for you turne ye and take your journey into the wildernesse by the way of the red sea And yee answered and said unto mee wee have sinned against Iehovah wee will goe up and fight according to all that Iehovah our God hath commanded us and ye girded on every man his weapons of war and pressed forward to go up into the mountaine And Iehovah said unto me Say unto them Goe not up neither fight for I am not among you that yee be not smitten before your enemies And I spake unto you and you heard not but rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah and you were presumptuous and went up into the mountain And the Amorite that dwelleth in that mountain came out against you and they pursued you as Bees doe and destroyed you in Seir even unto Hormah And yee returned and wept before Iehovah but Iehovah heard not your voyce neither gave eare unto you And yee abode in Kadesh many daies according to the daies that ye abode there Annotations DEuteronomie A Greeke word by interpretation The repetition or second declaration of the Law This name is borrowed from Deut. 17. 18. where Mishneh hatorah the Copie of the Law is in Greeke translated Deuteronomion which title is given to the whole booke as that which containeth a repetition and explanation of the Lawes before given as v. 5. The Ebrews call this booke by the first words thereof ELLEH HADBARIM THESE be THE WORDS And here beginneth the 44 Section or Lecture of the Law see the notes on Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 1. On this side or on the out side that is beyond Iordan as the Greeke translateth The word signifieth both sides and by circumstance of place is to be understood To those out of the land of Canaan it was on this side to the Israelites in Canaan it was beyond or the out side of Iordan where Moses spake these things For Moses might not enter into the land Here Thargum Ierusalemy whom Onkelos the Chaldee Paraphrast also followeth explaineth it thus These bee the words which Moses spake unto all Israel hee rebuked them for that they had sinned on this side Iordan
commanded me for to doe so within the land whither ye are going to possesse it And ye shall keepe and doe them for this is your wisdome and your understanding in the eies of the peoples which shall heare all these statutes and say Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people For what nation is there so great which hath God nigh unto the same as Iehovah our God is in all that wee call upon him for And what nation is there so great which hath just statutes and judgments as all this law which I set before you this day Onely take heed to thy selfe and keepe thy soule diligently lest thou forget the things which thine eies have seen and lest they depart from thine heart all the daies of thy life but thou shalt make them knowne to thy sonnes and to thy sons sons The day that thou stoodst before Iehovah thy God in Horeb when Iehovah said unto me Gather together the people unto mee and I will make them heare my words that they may learne to feare mee all the daies that they live upon the earth and that they may teach their sonnes And ye came neare and stood under the mountaine and the mountaine bââed with fire unto the heart of the heavens with darknesse cloud and thicke darknesse And Iehovah spake unto you out of the middest of the fire you heard a voice of words but saw no similitude save a voyce And hee declared unto you his covenant which hee commanded you to doe the ten Words and hee wrote them upon two tables of stone And Iehovah commanded mee at that time to teach you statutes and judgments that yee may doe them in the land whither ye are going over to possesse it And take yee heed diligently unto your soules for yee saw not any similitude in the day that Iehovah spake unto you in Horeb out of the middest of the fire Lest ye corrupt your selves and make unto you a graven thing the similitude of any figure the likenesse of male or female The likenesse of any beast that is on the earth the likenesse of any winged fowle that flieth in the heavens The likenesse of any thing that creepeth on the ground the likenesse of any fish that ãâã in the waters beneath the earth And lest thou lift up thine eies to the heavens and seest the Sunne and the Moone and the Startes all the Host of the heavens and beest driven away and bowest downe thy selfe unto them servest them them which I ãâ¦ã thy God hath imparted to all peoples under all the heavens But Iehovah hath taken you and brought you forth out of the furnace of it on out of Egypt to bee unto him a people of inheritance as this day And Iehovah was angry with me for your sakes and sware that I should not goe over Iordan and that I should not goe in into the good land which Iehovah thy God giveth thââ for an inheritance For I must die in ãâã ãâã I must not goe over Iordan but ye shall goe over and possesse that good land Take heed unto your selves lest yee forget the covenant of Iehovah your God which hee stroke with you and make to you a ãâã thing the likenesse of any thing which Iehovah thy God hath charged thee For Iehovah thy God hee is a consuming ãâã ãâ¦ã alous God When thou shalt beget children and childrens children and ye shall have waxen old in thâ land and shall corrupt your selves and make a graven thing the likenesse of any thing and shall doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah thy God to provoke him to anger I call the heavens the earth to witnesse against you this day that perishing ye shall perish soone from off the land whereunto you passe over Iordan to possesse it yee shall not prolong your ââies upon it but shall utterly be destroyed And Iehovah will scatter you among the peoples and yee shall be left few men in number among the heathens whither Iehovah shall lead you And there ye shall serve Gods the worke of mens hands wood and stone which neither see nor heare nor eat nor smell But if from thence ye shall seeke Iehovah thy God then thou shalt find him if thou shalt seeke him with all thy heart and with all thy soule When tribulation shall be on thee and all these things shall finde thee in the latter daies and thou shalt turne to Iehovah thy God and heaâken unto his voice For Iehovah thy God is a mercifull God he will not leave thee neither destroy thee neither will he forget the covenant of thy fathers which hee sware unto them For aske now of the daies âorepast which were before thee since the day that God created man upon the earth and aske from the utmost part of the heavens and unto the other utmost part of the heavens whether there hath beene any such thing as this great thing is or hath beene heard like it Hath a people heard the voyce of God speaking out of the midst of the fire as thou hast heard and lived Or hath God assayed to come to take him a nation from the middest of a nation by tentations by signes and by wonders and by war and by a strong hand and by a stretched-out arme and by great terrours according to all that Iehovah your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes Thou hast beene made see to know that Iehovah he is God there is none else besides him Out of the heavens hee made thee to heare his voyce to instruct thee and upon the earth he made thee to see his great fire and thou heardest his words out of the middest of the fire And because hee loved thy fathers therefore hee chose his seed after him and he brought thee out in his sight with his great power out of Egypt To drive out nations greater and mightier than thou from before thee to bring thee in to give thee their land for an inheritance as it is this day And thou shalt know this day and cause it to returne into thy heart that Iehovah hee is God in the heavens above and on the earth beneath there is none else And thou shalt keepe his statutes his commandements which I command thee this day that it may be well with thee and with thy sonnes after thee and that thou maiest prolong thy daies upon the land which Iehovah thy God giveth thee all daies Then Moses separated three Cities on this side Iordan towards the Sunne rising For the man-flayer to flee thither which should kill his neighbour unwittingly and he hated him not in times past and that hee might flie unto one of these cities and live Bezer in the wildernesse in the plaine countrey of the Reubenites and Ramoth in Gilead of the Gadites and Golan in Basan of the Manassites And this is the law which Moses set before the sonnes of Israel These are the testimonies and the statutes and the judgments which Moses
in Ps. 94. â2 Though chastening bee often with workes as Levit. 26. 18 28. Deut. 8. 5. yet is it also with words is here where the Chaldee translateth it teach and Prov. 9. 7. and 31. 1. Ezek. 23. 48. Iob 4. 3. the fire before he said out of heaven and now out of the middest of the fire for though the voice came out of heaven Israel perceived it not but onely out of the fire saith R. Menachem on Deut. 4. Vers. 37. therefore he chose or and chose that is loved his seed after him therefore he brought thee out Gods love and election out of love is the cause of mans redemption and salvation his seed that is the seed of thy fathers every one particularly as the promise was made to Abraham then to Isaac and after that to Iacob severally The Greeke and Chaldee translate it plurally their seed or sonnes after them in his sight or with his face or presence The Greeke saith he brought thee out himselfe the Chaldee he brought thee out by his word Thus the face or presence of God may imply Christ the Word the Angell of Gods face Esa. 63. 9. He it was that brought Israel out as 1 Cor. 10. 1 9. and the signe of his presence was in the pillar of the cloud and fire Exod. 13. 21. and 14. 19 20. Vers. 38. to drive out to wit out of possession as the originall word implyeth or to disinherit the Greeke saith to destroy or root out as it is the Greek addeth as thou hast this day Meaning of the land of Sihon and Og which they had now in possession a signe of further victorie Deut. 3. 21. Vers. 39. And thou shalt know or know and acknowledge therefore see vers 35. The knowledge of and obedience unto God is continually urged upon the remembrance of his former mercies So 1 Chron. 28. 9. cause it to returne or bring againe reduce that is call to minde and consider that not onely for the present but alwaies after Gods true feare might continue in them So in Deut. 30. 1. where this phrase is used see the annotations there Vers. 40. all daies this may be referred both to the latter the possessing of the land and to the former the welfare and length of life In Mat. 28. 20. all daies is explained unto the end of the world Vers. 42. unwittingly or without knowledge therof unawares See the law for this in Num. 35. 9 10 c. and after in Deut. 19. 2. in times past or in former daies Hebr. from yesterday and the third day See Gen. 31. 2. Vers. 43. Bezer in Greeke Bofâr see Ios. 20. 8. and 21. 36. 38. 27. 1 Chron. 6. 78 80. Golan in Greeke Gaulon Vers. 44. this is He meaneth that which hereafter followeth so this belongeth to the next chapter where the repetition of the lawes beginneth Vers. 45. after they came forth Hebr. in their comming forth but In is often used for After as is noted on Exod. 2. 23. so againe in vers 46. Vers. 46. Beth-peor in Greeke the house of Phogor an Idoll Temple see Deut. 3. 29. Amorites Hebr. Amorite in Greeke Amorreans smote that is killed as is noted on Gen. 14. 17. This victorie is here again touched the more to stir up the hearts of the people to obey Gods law who had begun to shew them his power and goodnesse Vers. 48. banke Hebr. lip Sion in Greeke Seon. This is not that which usually the Scripture calleth mount Zion in Ierusalem but otherwise written and called Hermon see Deut. 3. 9. Vers. 49. sea of the plaine the sea of salt Deut. 3. 17. the lake of Sodome or dead sea Ashdoth Pisgah or the springs of Pisgah see the notes on Deut. 3. 17. CHAP. V. 1 Mosesrehear seth the covenant that God made with Israel at Horeb. 6 The ten Commandements 22 the manner of the speaking and writing of them 24 The people being afraid did request Moses to receive the Law from God and to speake it unto them 28 The Lord liked their motion 30 and sent them into their tents 31 but willed Moses to stay and heare the Law which hee was to teach Israel to observe and doe for their good AND Moses called unto all Israel and said unto them Heare O Israel the statutes and the judgments which I speake in your eares this day and yee shall learne them and keepe to doe them Iehovah our God stroke a covenant with vs in Horeb. Not with our fathers stroke Iehovah this covenant but with us even us who are all of us here alive this day Iehovah spake unto you face to face in the mount out of the middest of the fire I standing betweene Iehovah and you at that time to shew unto you the word of Iehovah for yee were afraid by reason of the fire and went not up into the mount saying I Iehovah thy God which have brought thee out from the land of Egypt from the house of servants Thou shalt not have any other Gods before my face Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven thing any likenesse of things which are in the heavens above or which are in the earth beneath or which are in the waters beneath the earth Thou shalt not bow downe thy selfe to them neither serve them for I Iehovah thy God am a jealous God visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes and upon the third and upon the fourth generation of them that hate me And doing mercy unto thousands of them that love mee and of them that keepe his commandements Thou shalt not take up the name of Ieho ãâ¦ã ãâ¦ã y God in vaine for Iehovah will not hold him guiltles that shall take up his name in vaine Keepe thou the Sabbath day to sanctifie it as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee Six daies shalt thou labour and shalt ãâã all thy worke But the seventh day is a Sabbath to Iehovah thy God in it thou shalt not doe any worke thou or thy sonne or thy daughter or thy man-servant or thy woman-servant or thine oxe or thine asse or any of thy cattell or thy stranger which is within thy gates that thy man-servant and thy woman-servant may rest as well as thou And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt and Iehovah thy God brought thee out thence by a strong hand and by a streched-out arme Therefore Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee to doe the Sabbath day Honour thy father and thy mother as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee that thy daies may be prolonged and that it may be well with thee upon the land which Iehovah thy God giveth thee Thou shalt not kill Neither shalt thou commit adulterie Neither shalt thou steale Neither shalt thou answer a false witnesse against thy neighbour Neither shalt thou covet thy neighbours wife neither shalt thou desire thy neighbours house his field or his man-servant or his woman-servant his oxe or his asse or any thing
enter into Canaan that God would goe before them and destroy their enemies ãâã not for their righteousnesse but for the heathens wickednesse and for his owne oath to Abraham 6 Because Israel was a stiffe-necked people that had often rebelled against God in the wildernesse as 8 at Horeb where they made a molten Calfe whiles Moseswas on the mount to receive the tables of the Coveuant 13 for which God would have destroyed them but that Moses intreated for them and abolished their idolatry 22. How Israel sinned at Taberab Massah Kibroth hattaavah 23 and at Kades barnea where they resused to take possâssion of the Land 25 Moses his fasting and praser for the people HEare O Israel thou art passing over Londan this day to goe in to possesse Nations greater and mightier than throu Cities great and fenced up to the Heavens A people great and tall the sonnes of the Anakims whom thou hast knowen and thou hast heard who can stand before the sonnes of Anak And thou shalt know this day that Iehovah thy God is he that passeth over before thee a consuming fire he will destroy them and hee will bring them downe before thy face and thou shalt drive them out and dessroy them suddenly as Iehovah hath spoke unto thee Say not in thine heart when Iehovah thy God hath cast them out from before thy face saying For my justice Iehovah hath brought me in to possesse this land but for the wickednesse of these nations Iehovah doth drive them out from thy face Nor for thy justice or for the righteousnesse of thine heart doest thou goe in to possesse their land but for the wickednesse of these nations Iehovah thy God doth drive them out from thy face and for to stablish the word which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to Abraham to Isaak and to Iakob And thou shalt know that not for thy justice doth Iehovah thy God give thee this good land to possesse it for thou art a stiffe-necked people Remember forget not how thou provoledst to wrath Iehovah thy God in the wildrnesse from the day that thou didst depart out of the land of Egypt untill ye came unto this place ye have been rebellious against Iehovah And in Horeb yee provoked Iehovah to wrath and Iehovah was angry with you to have destroyed you When I was gone up into the mount to receive the tables of stone the tables of the Covenant which Iehovah stroke with you and I abode in the mount fortie dayes and fortie nights I did neither eat bread not drinke water And Iehovah gave unto me the two tables of stone written with the finger of God and on them according to all the words which Iehovah spake with you in the mount out of the midst of fire in the day of the Assembly And it was at the end of forty daies and forty nights Iehovah gave unto me the two tables of stone the tables of the Covenant And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe downe quickly from hence for thy people which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt have corrupted themselves they have quickly turned aside our of the way which I commanded them they have made them a molten calfe And Iehovah said unto me saying I have seene ãâã people and behold it is a stiffe-necked people Let me alone that I may destroy them and blot out their name from under the heavens and I will make of thee a nation mighter and greater than they And I tur ãâã mee and came downe from the mount and the mount burned with fire and the two tables of the Covenant were in my two hands And I saw and behold yee had sinned against Iehovah your God yee had made you ãâ¦ã n calfe yee had turned aside quickly ãâã the way which Iehovah had comman ãâ¦ã you And I tooke the two tables and ãâã them out of my two hands and brake them before your eyes And I fell downe before Iehovah as at the first fortie daies and ãâã nights I did neither eat bread nor ãâã water because of all your sinne which yee had sinned in doing evill in the eyes of Iehovah to provoke him to anger For I was afraid because of the anger and hot displeasure where with Iehovah was wroth against you to destroy you but Iehovah hear ãâ¦ã unto me at that time also And Ieho ãâ¦ã very angry with Aaron to have destroyed him and I prayed for Aaron also in the same time And your sinne the Calfe which yee had made I tooke and burned it with fire and stamped it grinding it well untill it was made small as dust and I cast the dust thereof into the brooke that descended out of the mount And at Taberah and at Massah and at Kibroth-hataavah yee provoked Iehovah to wrath And when Iehovah sent you from Kadesh-barnea saying Goe up and possesse the land which I have given unto you then yee rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah your God and yee beleeved him not neither hearkened unto his voice You have beene rebellious against Iehovah from the day that I knew you And I fell downe before Iehovah fortie daies and fortie nights as I fell downe because Iehovah had said for to destroy you And I prayed unto Iehovah and said O Lord Iehovah destroy not thy people and thine inheritance which thou hast redeemed through thy greatnesse which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt with a strong hand Remember thy servants Abraham Isaak and Iaakob looke not unto the hardnesse of this people nor to their wickednesse nor to their sinne Lest the land from whence thou hast brought us out doe say Because Iehovah was not able to bring them into the land which he spake unto them and because he hated them he hath brought them out to slay them in the wildernesse Yet they are thy people and thine inheritance which thou broughtest out by thy great power and by thy stretched out arme Annotations IOrdan Hebr. Iarden a river thorow which Israel was to passe into the land Deut. 1. 1. See Num. 34. 12. this day that is at this time very shortly Day is often used for time as 2 Cor. 6. 2. An boure is likewise so used for time as the last houre 1 Iohn 2. 18. So in that houre Luke 10. 21. 16. At that time Matth. 11. 25. possesse or inherit which when it is spoken of nations signifieth dominion over them Lev. 25. 45 46. Here it may be meant also of the lands or countries of those nations as they are said to possesse Gad which dwelt in his cities Ier. 49. 1. Vers. 2. Anakims whom the Chaldee calleth Giants They were named of one Anak of whom see Numb 13. 23. and so the Greeke here saith sonnes of Enak hast heard to wit men say A common report of others and of the Israelites themselves Numb 13. 29 34. Vers. 3. he that passeth Against feare and distrust such as had affected them before Numb 14. 1 2 3 c. hee opposeth the presence and power
among the graves that the dead might come unto him in a dreame and make knowne unto him that which he asked of him And others there were that clad themselves with clothes for that purpose and spake certaine words and burned incense for the purpose and slept by themselves that such a dead person might come and talke with them in a dreame Maimony in treat of Idolatry c. 11. s. 13. Vers. 13. perfect with Iehovah that is in faith and love seeke unto him onely and as he doth so abhorre thou all such wicked persons Perfection or Sinceritie Integritie respecteth our upright conversation in body and minde as is noted on Gen. 6. 9. and to be perfect with the Lord is expounded in Greeke before the Lord and the Chaldee saith in the feare of the Lord but our Saviour more fully openeth it Be yee perfect even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect Matt. 5. 48. Vers. 14. not suffered thee Hebr. not given thee but hath taught thee better by his Law which the other nations want Psal. 147. 19 20. and will more fully informe thee by the Prophet whom he will raise up unto thee v. 15. So in Act. 14. 16. God in times past suffered all nations to walke in their owne waies Vers. 15. a Prophet so named of the Greeke Prophetes which signifieth a foreteller in Hebrew Nabi of uttering and interpreting the oracles of God as Aaron was Moses Prophet that is Interpreter Exod. 7. 1. and of seeing visions of God such a man was called a Seer 1 Sam. 9. 9. Vnto all the former Diviners Wizzards Charmers c. raised up to the heathens of the devill Moses here opposeth one Prophet to be raised up unto Israel of God and this was Christ raised up unto the Iewes as Peter applieth it saying Moses said ââto the fathers A Prophet will the Lord your God raise up unto you c. yee are the children of the Prophets and of the covenant c. Vnto you first God having raised up his Son Iesus sent him to blesse you in turning away every one of you from his iniquities Act. 3. 22. 26. of thy brethren Christ was to be a man and of the stocke of the Iewes by promise because the people could not endure to heare the voice of God vers 16. and as in respect of his Prophesie so of his Priesthood For every high Priest is taken from among men Heb. 5. 1. and of his kingdome as in Deut. 17. 15. from among thy brethren shalt thou set a King over thee like unto me it is said There arose not a Prophet in Israel like unto Moses whom the Lord knew face to face in all the signes and wonders which the Lord sent him to doe c. Deut. 34. 10 11 12. This therefore cannot be understood of the ordinarie Prophets which were raised up in Israel but of Christ onely as the Apostles doe expound it Act. 3. 22. 26. And Christ was like unto Moses in respect of his office of mediation betweene God and the people Deut. 5. 5. 1 Tim. 2. 5. but greater than Moses as being the Mediator of a better Covenant or Testament which was established upon better promises Heb. 8. 6. Like him in excellencie for as Moses excelled all the Prophets in speaking with God mouth to mouth Numb 12. 6 7 8. so Christ excelled him and all men in that being in the bosome of the Father he hath come downe from heaven and declared God unto us Ioh. 1. 18. and 3. 13. Like him in faithfulnesse but therein also excelling for Moses was faithfull in Gods house as a servant but Christ as the Son over his owne house Heb. 3. 2. 5. 6. And like him in signes and wonders wherein he also excelled Moses as the historie of the Gospell sheweth for he was a Prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people Luk. 24. 19. a man approved of God among them by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him in the midst of theÌ Act. 2. 22. for he did among them the works wich none other man did Ioh. 15. 24. unto him that is not unto the Diviners Wizards or any such like but unto him and him onely as him thou shalt serve Deut. 6. 13. is expounded him onely Matt. 4. 10. And though this is principally meant of Christs person of whom God said heare him Matt. 17. 5. yet it implieth also his Ministers as himselfe said He that heareth you heareth mee Luk. 10. 16. Vers. 16. Horeb a mountaine called also Sinai Exod. 19. where the Law was given Deut. 5. 2. of the assembly or of the church when all Israel were assembled to heare the Law Exod. 19. 9 10 c. not heare againâ Hebr. not adde to heare see Exod. 20. 19. where the people requested Moses to speake with them and not God of Iehovah the Chaldee translateth it of the word of the LORD that I die not or and let me not die as the Greeke translateth neither let us die Vers. 17. have well spoken or have done well in speaking The Greeke saith Rightly or Well all that they have spoken Although their speech proceeded from the spirit of bondage and feare manifested in them by the worke of the law in their consciences Rom. 8. 15. and they desired not Christ but Moses to speake unto them yet as the Law was a schoolemaster to leade them unto Christ Gal. 3. 14. so God tooke occasion hereby to preach and promise Christ unto them who is here not only in stead of all Diviners and Soothsayers but in stead of Moses himselfe who was the Minister of the Law which worketh wrath Rom. 4. 15. and was the ministration of death 2 Cor. 3. 7. But Christ hath redeemed us from the curse thereof Gal. 3. 13. and is here promised as a Prophet sent to blesse us Act. 3. 26. for the Law was given by Moses but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ Io. 1. 17 Vers. 18. A Prophet meaning Christ him-selfe the interpreter and declarer of the word of God as vers 15. of whom the multitude said This is Iesus the Prophet Matt. 21. 11. raise up this also the people confirmed saying A great Prophet is risen up amongst us Luk. 7. 16. will give that is will put and stablish as the word given 1 Chron. 17. 22. is the same that established 2 Sam. 7. 24. The Chaldee expoundeth it I will give my words of prophesie Accordingly Christ said to his Father I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me Ioh. 17. 8. his mouth to signifie this Christ appeared with a sharpe two-edged sword proceeding out of his mouth Rev. 1. 16. which figured the sword of the Spirit the word of God Eph. 6. 17. for God had made his mouth like a sharpe sword Esai 49. 2. therwith he smote his enemies and for the comforts wherewith he refresheth his people his lips are likened to lilies dropping sweet-smelling myrrh Song 5.
that is which lieth in his bosome as Mic. 7. 5. Vers. 57. her after-birth and so her little one therein as the Chaldee expoundeth it the least of her children Vers. 58. fearefull in Greeke marvellous Vers. 59. thy plagues or every of thy plagues as the forme of the Hebrew word implieth thy seed Chald. thy children permanent or firme faithfull and continuing long as Tharg Ionath explaineth which shall dure long upon your bodies Vers. 60. disease or sicknesse in Greeke sorrow Of the plagues of Egypt see Exod. 8. c. Vers. 62. with a few men Greeke in a short or small number Chald. a people of number that is soone numbred See this fulfilled Esay 1. 9. hearkenedst not Chaldee receivedst not the word Vers. 63. will rejoyce although the destruction of the wicked is to themselves miserable yet Gods judgements upon them are unto him his Angels and all the Saints joyfull Rev. 18. 20. Ps. 58. 11 12. Ier. 51. 48. for when the wicked perish there is shouting joy Prov. 11. 10. Vers. 64. and unto the end c. that is from one end of the earth to another A like phrase is from the end of the heavens unto the end of them Matt. 24. 31. Mark 13. 27. This dispersion of the Iewes is visible even to this day serve other gods the Chaldee expoundeth it serve peoples that serve idols but it implieth Gods judgment in giving them over to further sinne see the notes on vers 36. Vers. 65. not finde ease or not have quietnesse Vnto this curse of the Law for sinne is opposed the promise of grace in Christ Ier. 31. 2. a trembling heart in Greeke a faint or discouraged heart See Levit. 26. 36. Esay 1. 5. failing of eies in Greeke failing eies that shall looke for deliverance but not see it pining of soule in Greeke a melting soule that is sorrowfull and fearefull See Lev. 26. 16. 1 Sam. 2. 33. Vers. 66. hanging in doubt that is uncertaine as after followeth So the Greeke thy life shall bee hanging before thine eies not have assurance of thy life or not beleeve in thy life in Greeke not beleeve thy life that is have no assurance of it but alwaies feare death Vers. 67. Who will give that is O that it were evening see Deut. 5. 29. A lively description of misery wherein every houre by night or by day seemeth long and tedious Compare Iob 7. 3 4. Vers. 68. to Egypt the house of bondage Exod. 20. 2. and figure of spirituall bondage under sinne and Satan in which estate the Law leaveth all men till they be redeemed by grace in Christ. So another Prophet saith They shall not dwell in Iâhovahs land but Ephraim shall returne to Egypt and they shall eat uncleane things in Assyria Hos. 9. 3. CHAP. XXIX Mosââ being to renew the covenant exhorteth Israel to obedience by the mâmory of the workes they have seene 10 All stand before the Lord to enter into his covenant 18 The great wrath on him that flattereth himselfe in his wickednesse 29 Secret things belong unto God THese are the words of the covenant which Iehovah commanded Moses to strike with the sonnes of Israel in the land of Moab beside the covenant which he stroke with them in Horeb. And Moses called unto all Israel and said unto them You have seene all that Iehovah did before your eies in the land of Egypt unto Pharaoh and unto all his servants and unto all his land The great tentations which thâe eies have seene the signes and those great wonders Yet Iehovah hath not given unto you an heart to know and eies to see and eares to heare unto this day And I have lead you forty yeares in the wildernesse your cloathes are not waxen old upon you and thy shooe is not waxen old upon thy foot Ye have not eaten bread neither have you drunke wine or strong drinke that yee might know that I am Iehovah your God And yee came unto this place and Sihon king of Heshbon and Ogh king of Bashan came out against us unto battell and wee smote them And we tooke their land and gave it for an inheritance to the Reubenites and to the Gadites and to halfe the tribe of the Manassites Therefore yee shall keepe the words of this covenant and doe them that ye may wisely doe all that yeâ doe ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Yee stand this day all of you before Ieho ãâ¦ã your God your heads of your tribes your elders and your officers all the men of ãâã Your little ones your wives and thy ãâã that is within thy campe from the ãâã of thy wood unto the drawer of thy water That thou shouldest passe into the covenant of Iehovah thy God and into his ãâã which Iehovah thy God striketh with ââee this day That hee may stablish thee this day for a people unto himselfe and that he may bee unto thee a God as hee hath spoken unto thee and as hee hath sworne unto thy fathers to Abraham to Isaac and to Iakob And not with you your selves alone doe I strike this covenant and this oath But with him that is standing here with us this day before Iehovah your God and with him that is not here with us this day For ye know how we have dwelt in the land of Egypt and how wee have passed in the midst of the nations which yee passed by And yee have seene their abominations and their filthy idols wood and stone silver and gold which were with them Lest there should be among you man or woman or family or tribe whose heart turneth away this day from Iehovah our God to goe to serve the gods of those nations lest there should bee among you a root that beareth gall and wormewood And it be when he heareth the words of this oath that hee blesse himselfe in his heart saying I shall have peace though I walke in the imagination of mine heart to adde the drunken to the thirsty Iehovah will not spare him but then the anger of Iehovah and his jealousie shall smoke against that man and every curse that is written in this book shall lie upon him and Iehovah will bloâ out his name from under the heavens And Iehovah will separate him unto evill out of all the tribes of Israel according to all the curses of the covenant that is written in this book of the Law And the after generation your sonnes that shall rise up after you and the stranger that shall come from a farre land shall say when they shall see the plagues of that land and the sicknesses thereof wherewith Iehovah hath made it sicke That all the land thereof is brimstone salt and burning that it is not sowen neither springeth nor any grasse groweth therein like the overthrow of Sodom and Gomorrâh Admah and Zebojim which Iehovah overthrew in his anger in his wrath Even all nations shall say Wherefore hath Iehovah done thus unto this land what meaneth the heat
godlinesse hath the promise of the life that now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4. 8. Vers. 9. make thee plenteous or make thee excellent unto which Thargum Ionathan addeth for good that yee may prosper in all the workes of your hands rejoyce over thee This Christ taught in parables of rejoycing for the lost sheepe that was found Luk. 15. 6 7. and of the Prodigall sonne he saith It was meet that wee should make merry and be glad for this thy brother was dead and is alive againe and was lost and is found Luk. 15. 32. So in the other Prophets I will rejoyce in Ierusalem and joy in my people Esay 65. 19. and I will rejoyce over them to doe them good Ier. 32. 41. See also Deut. 28. 63. Vers. 10. that which is written meaning all and every thing written so teaching us exact obedience unto Iehovah in Chaldee unto the feare of the Lord. Vers. 11. this commandement which after in v. 14. he calleth the Word and the Apostle expoundeth it the Word of faith Rom. 10. 8. So this speech is not of the Law onely neither sheweth it what man can doe by the Law much lesse by nature but is the speech of the righteousnesse of faith Rom. 10. 6. Though Moses teacheth them also not to blame the Law of hardnesse to bee learned seeing God had now caused it to be written expounded unto them not hidden from thee or not too marvellous and hard for thee to know and so not impossible through faith in Christ as is the Law without faith in that it is weake through the flesh Rom. 8. 3. The Chaldee translateth it is not separated from thee and Thargum Ionathan expoundeth it is not covered or hid from you The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth this word marvellous Matt. 21. 42. from Psal. 118. and unpossible Luk. 1. 37. See the Annotations on Gen. 18. 14. and Deut. 17. 8. By Esaias also God saith I have not spoken in secret in a darke place of the earth Esay 45. 19. Vers. 12. to say that is that thou shouldest say so in v. 13. see the Annotations on Gen. 6. 19. where sundry like speeches are shewed This saying is meant of the heart also wherefore the Apostle citeth it thus Say not in thine heart who shall goe up into heaven Rom. 10. 6. Who shall goe up for us the Ierusalemy Thargum explaineth it O that wee had one like Moses the Prophet that might goe up into the heavens c. but the Apostle applieth it more heavenly to Christs incarnation Who shall goe up into heaven that is to bring Christ downe from above Rom. 10. 6. Vnto which doubt hee opposeth the confession with the mouth that Iesus is the LORD vers 9. that is that God was manifested in the flesh 1 Tim. 3. 16. for no man hath ascended up to heaven of whoÌ we may learne the true understanding of the Law but hee that came downe from heaven even the Son of man which is in heaven Iohn 3. 13. and cause us to heare it that is preach it unto us that wee may doe it or and we would doe it Vers. 13. beyond the sea Thargum Ionathan explaineth it beyond the great sea and Thargum Ierusalemy addeth Neither is the Law beyond the great sea that thou shouldest say O that we had one like Ionas the Prophet that might goe downe to the bottome of the great sea and bring it to us c. All things hidden from men which they cannot attaine are either in heaven above or beyond sea in the farre places of the earth but the Law of God is in neither of these but neere unto every one to learne and to doe who shall goe over to beyond sea Paul alleageth this place thus Who shall goe downe into the deepe that is to bring up Christ from the dead Rom. 10. 7. unto which he opposeth in vers 9. beleefe in the heart that God hath raised him from the dead Now Ionas the Prophet to whose example the Ierusalemy Thargum applieth this was a figure of Christ as himselfe hath said As Ionas was three daies and three nights in the Whales belly so shall the Sonne of man be three daies three nights in the heart of the earth Matt. 12. 40. And as the Sea in Ionas case is called the Deepe Psal. 104. 6. and 107. 24 26. Exod. 15. 5. so David prophesying of Christ saith that God had brought him up from the deepes of the earth Psal. 71. 20. So the Apostle speaking of Christs rising out of the grave useth the word Abysse or Deepe which is spoken both of earth and sea Vers. 14. But the word This the Apostle expoundeth thus But what saith the righteousnes which is of faith The Word is nigh thee c. that is the word of faith which we preach Rom. 10. 8. By this it appeareth that Moses wrote of Christ Iohn 5. 46. and that he was closely taught in the Law Eâr Christ is the end of the Law for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth Rom. 10. 4. And the Iewes which cleaving to the Law refused the Gospell or word of faith had a zeale of God but not according ãâã knowledge Rom. 10. 2. in thy mouth or for thy mouth that is for thee to confesse with thy mouth that Iesus is the LORD as Rom. 10. 9. So in is used for for in Deut. 9. 4. and 24. 16. in thine heart or for thine heart that thou maist beleeve in thine heart that God hath raised him Christ froÌ the dead so maist be saved Rom. 10. 9. to do it the Law which is fulfilled by beleeving in Christ as it is said This is the worke of God that âee beleeve in him whom he hath sent Iohn 6. 29. upon which beleefe true obedience followeth Hââ 8. 10. Vers. 15. I have set Hebr. I have given that is proposed and confirmed by my doctrine So in vers 19. life and good life as the end and good as the meanes leading to life or life that is God himselfe of whom hee saith iâ vers 20. hee is thy life and good that is felicity following The Greeke version changeth the order thus life and death good and evill Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it the Law of life which is a good Law and the Law of death which is an evill Law And Thargum Ionathan thus The way of life for which a good reward shall be recompenced to the just and the way of death for which an evill reward shall be recompenced to the wicked Vers. 16. to love this is a declaration of the life and good fore-mentioned which they whose hearts God would circumcise vers 6. should come unto by the faith that is in Christ. in his waiâs the Chaldee saith in the wayes that are right before him keepe his commandements which is an effect of love as If ye love me keepe my commandements Iohn 14. 15. and This is the love of God that we keepe
his mother he shall not bee defiled neither shall hee goe out of the Sanctuary c. Levit. 21. 11 12. Neither might Aaron mourne for his sonnes or Eââazar and Ithamar for their brethren Nadab and Abihu that were slaine neither might they goe out from the doore of the Tabernacle on paine of death Lev. 10. 2 7. For God would have them more to regard their function and duty in his service than any naturall affection whatsoever And herein Christ was figured unto whom this blessing chiefly belongeth who when hee was told that his mother and his brethren stood without to speake with him hee answered Who is my mother and who are my brethren c. whosoever shall doe the will of my Father which is in heaven the same is my brother and sister and mother Mat. 12. 46 50. This may also have reference to the Levites fact who being commanded or Moses killed every man his brother friend neighbour and sonne that had sinned in making and worshipping the golden Calfe so filled their hand or consecrated themselves unto the LORD that hee might give upon them a blessing Exod. 32. 26 29. acknowledgeth not or acknowledged not the first respecteth the Law Lev. 21. the other their fact Exod. 32. To this latter the Chaldee referreth it translating thus Who had no compassion on his father or on his mother when they were guilty of judgement and accepted not the faces or persons of his brother or of his sonne his sonnes or his sonne that is any of his sonnes or children see the notes on Deut. 2. 33. knoweth not or knew not Here knowledge is used for care or regard as in Iob 9. 21. knowing is opposed to disposing and in 1 Thess. 5. 12. know them which labour among you that is regard them and in Prov. 12. 10. a righteous man knoweth that is regardeth or hath care of the life of his beast for they observe that is by Law are bound to observe Levit. 21. or they have observed in their practise Exod. 32. The Greeke translateth it singularly He hath observed thine oracles and kept thy covenant Vers. 10. They shall teach or Let them teach As in v. 8. hee mentioned their gifts and calling in v. 9. their sanctification so here he teacheth their administration in the Word Praier and other ministeriall duties For it is said They shall teach my people the difference between the holy and prophane and cause them to discerne betweene the uncleane and the cleane and in controversie they shall stand in judgment and they shall judge it according to my judgments c. Ezek. 44. 23 24. Compare also Levit. 10. 11. Deut. 17. 9 10 11. and 24. 8. and the commendation which God giveth of Levi in Mal. 2. 6 7. The Law of truth was in his mouth and iniquity was not found in his lips hee walked with mee in peace and equity and did turne many away from iniquity For the Priests lips should keepe knowledge and they should seeke the Law at his mouth for hee is the Angell of the LORD of Hosts unto Iakob by Iakob and Israel are meant all the posterity of Iakob and the weake with the strong for the Church in respect of her infirmity is called Iakob Amos 7. 2. 5. 8. and for her valour by faith is surnamed Israel see the Annotations on Gen. 32. 28. Thus Christ commanded Peter to feed both his Lambes and his Sheepe Ioh. 21. 15 16. incense the sweet perfume which the Priests burnt daily upon the golden Altar a figure of Christs mediation with the praiers of the Saints Revel 8. 3. 4. See the notes on Exod. 30. This was the peculiar worke of the Priests wherefore it is written It pertaineth not unto the Vzziah to burne incense unto the Lord but to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron that are consecrated to burn incense 2 Chron. 26. 18. in thy nostrill or nose that is before theâ or as the Greeke translateth in thine anger for the Hebrew Aph signifieth both Nose and Anger and both agree well with the Priests worke for when God in anger sent a plague among the people Aaron put incense in his censor and made attonement for the people so the plague was staied Num. 16. 46 47 48. the whole burnt-offering Hebr. the Calil wheâeof see Lev. 6. 22 23. the Greeke here translateth it the continuall oblation Hereby all other sacrifices are meant which the Priests offered on the Lords Altar Levit. 1. and 2. and 3. wherein the worke of Christ offering himselfe for his Church was figured Vers. 11. his power so the Greeke translateth his strength By power is meant sometime an army of men as Ezek. 37. 10. so here the first praier is for a blessing upon the persons which administred that they might bee increased and strengthened in number and in knowledge Wherefore the company of Levites is called an host or armie Num. 4. 3. c. In this sense Maimony in treat of the Release and Iubile chap. 13. sect 12. expoundeth it saying The Levites are separated from the waies of the world they wage not warre like the other Israelites neither have they inheritance c. but they are the power or armie of God as it is written Blesse Lord his power Sometime by power riches and substance is meant as in Deut. 8. 18. and so the Chaldee expoundeth it here For whereas Levi had no inheritance among the tribes but had the Lord and his first-fruits tithes and offerings for their inheritance and livelihood Num. 18. 20. 21. c. Moses praieth for a blessing on this meanes of theirs worke of his hands all his administration in doctrine burning incense sacrificing c. Compare Ezek. 43. 27. that rise against him as Korah Dathan and Abiram that rose up against Moses and Aaron were all destroyed with their assistants Num. 16. Vers. 12. Of Benjamin or Vnto Benjamin who is blessed here before the other Tribes and before his elder brother Ioseph because the lot of his inheritance was betweene the sonnes of Iudah and the sonnes of Ioseph and Ierusalem where the Levites after administred in the Temple belonged to Benjamin Ios. 18. 11. 28. And in the heavenly Ierusalem the Church of Christ the first foundation is a Iasper which was Benjamins stone Rev. 21. 19. Exod. 28. 30. And when the other Tribes fell away from the Kingdome of Iudah and Priesthood of Levi Benjamin continued with them in the truth 2 Chron. 11. 1. 3. 12 13. Beloved meaning the tribe of Benjamin who as their father was beloved of Iakob Gen. 44. 20. 22. 29. 30. so his posterity should be beloved of the Lord. shall dwell or praier-wise let him dwell inconfident safety that is boldly securely safely by him by the Lord who would tender this little tribe as Iakob tendered Benjamin whom he kept at home with him Gen. 42. 4. So Benjamins posterity dwelt in Ierusalem and the coasts thereabout by the Temple of God hee shall cover him or
their rejection Mat. 25. 12. and 7. 23. shall perish or be done away decay be lost To this way of the wicked which perisheth is opposed the good way which is everlasting wherein David desired God to lead him Psal. 139. 24. PSALME II. 1 David prophesieth of the rage of Iewes and Gentiles against Christ. 4 Gods wrath against them for it 6 Christ is established King 7 declared to be the Sonne of God 8 heire and ruler of the world 10 Kings are exhorted to submit unto him WHy doe the heathens tumultuously rage and the peoples meditate vanitie The Kings of the earth set themselves and the Princes doe plot together against Iehovah and against his Christ. Let us breake their bands and cast their cords from us Hee that sitteth in the heavens laugheth the Lord mocketh at them Then will he speake unto them in his anger and in his wrath hee will suddenly trouble them And I have anointed my King upon Sion the mountaine of my holinesse I will tell the decree Iehovah said unto me thou art my sonne I this day begat thee Aske of me and I will give the Heathens for thine inheritance the ends of the earth for thy firme possession Thou shalt roughly rule them with a rod of iron as the vessell of a pottter thou shalt scatter them in peeces And now O ye Kings be prudent be nurtured ye Iudges of the earth Serve yee Iehovah with feare and be glad with trembling Kisse ye the sonne lest he be angry and ye perish in the way when his anger shall burne suddenly O blessed are all that hope for safetie in him Annotations WHY or For what David was the writer of this Psalme as the Greeke prefixeth this title A Psalme of David and he beginneth with marvelling at the rage and folly of the Iewes and Gentiles in persecuting Christ and his Church Acts 4. 25 c. And as David himselfe was a figure of Christ in his kingdome and a father of him according to the flesh so suffered hee the like opposition at the hands of his owne people and of the nations round about him 2 Sam. 2. 10. and 3. 1. and 5. 17. and 10. 6 7 c. Tumultuously rage or burtle together convenâ with rage and uprore mutinously This word is also used in Daniels case Dan. 6. 6. 11. and after in Psal. 64. 3. The Greeke ephââaxan whereby the holy Ghost tranflateth it Act. 4 25. denoteth rage pride and fiercenesse as of horses that neigh and rush into the battell peoples or nations under these names are comprehended the Iewes with the Gentiles Act. 4. 27 28. meditate vanitie mutter a vaine or emptie thing which shall have no effect And here the Hebrew changeth the time as it doth very often otherwhere will meditate noting by such phrase a continuance of the action as they that did still or usually meditate vaine things But the holy Ghost in Act. 4. 25. keepeth like time here as before whose example I follow according to the proprietie of our tongue So after in this Psalme and many other The Hebrew text it selfe sometime doth the like as Isai. 37. 3â compared with 2 Kings 19. 33. See the notes on Psal. 18. 7. Vers. 2. Set themselves or present themselves will stand up noting a setled purpose in the heart with a standing up in person to act the same 1 Chr. 1â 14. princes rulers or priââe counsellors subtile prudent and imployed in making decrees Prov. 8. 15. next therefore in place to Kings and joyned with them as here so in Iudg. 5. ãâã Hab. 1. 10. Prov. 31. 4. plot conspire or are founded that is have their foundation plot or ground-worke laid as Exod. 9. 1â Isâ 44. 28. and this by assembling and consulting and is therefore interpreted gathered together Act. 4. 26. So the Chaldee translateth it consociate or joyned together to rebell before the Lord to fight against his anointed Christ or Anointed in Hebrew Mashiach or Messias which word though it be generall for the ancient Kings and Priests and Prophets that were anointed with oile Psal. 89. 31. and 105. 15. Isa. 45. 1. Num. 3. 3. 1 King 19. 16. yet is it principally the name of the Sonne of God our Saviour Dan. 9. 25 26. who was knowne in Israel by the name Messias Ioh. 1. 41. and 4. 25. and among Greekes by the name Christ of whom wee that beleeve in his name are also called Christians Act. 11. 26. because wee have an Anointing from him that is holy 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. himselfe being first anointed with the Spirit and with the oile of gladnesse above his fellowes Luke 4. 18. Psal. 45. 8. Of him is this Psalme interpreted by his Apostles saying Of a truth Lord against thy holy Child Iesus whom thou anointedst gathered were both Herod and Pontius Pilate with the nations and peoples of Israel to doe whatsoever thy hand and thy counsell had fore-determined to be done Act. 4. 27 28. Vers. 3. their bands These were signes of subjection Ier. 27. 2 3. 6 7. And thus the Kings and nations speake refusing to serve Christ though his yoke be easie Matth. 11. 29 30. Ier. 5. 5. The Hebrew phrase mo importeth their bands and his speaking of the Father and the Sonne jointly and of the Sonne in speciall but he that honoureth not the Sonne honoureth not the Father which sent him Ioh. 5. 23. So in the verse following the Lord mocketh at them and at him meaning them all jointly and each severally The like manner of speech see in Esay 53. 8. and 44. 15. Lam. 4. 10. Psal. 5. 12. and 11. 7. and 49. 14. and 59. 9. Iob 22. 19. Exod. 15. 15. Deut. 32. 23. 32. 35. 37. cords or ropes thicke twisted bands signes also of subjection and restraint Iob 39. 13. Ezek. 4. 8. and sometime of love Hos. 11. 4. Vers. 4. The Lord in Hebrew Adonai which in this forme is the peculiar title of God having the forme plurall and vowels of Iehovah mystically signifying my staies or my sustainers my pillars And where in one place Adonai is used another speaking of the same thing hath sometime Iehovah See Psal. 57. 10. with Psal. 108. 4. It commeth of Aeden a hase or pillar which sustaineth any thing The Chaldee translateth it the Word of the Lord that is the title of Christ Ioh. 1. 1. Rev. 19. 13. Our English word Lord hath much like force being contracted of the old Saxon Laford or Hlafford which commeth of Laef to sustaine refresh cherish mocketh will mock deride This implieth both their folly their punishment for it and how God will leave them helplesse in their miserie Psal. 59. 9. Prov. 1. 26. 28. It is spoken of God after the manner of men that hee laugheth mocketh is angry and the like not that he hath such passions as men but because he doth such things as men use to doe when they are moved with such passions and as the Hebrew Doctors say The law
for the actions So Ioâ 3. 8. Psal. 109. 27. and 78. 42. Vers. 5. that had peace with mee my friend and confederate Such treachery David much blameth in his foes that in time of peace made war Psa. 41. 10. and 55. 13. 15. 21. yea I Hebr. and I which may be resolved yea or when I released my distresser which may have reference to his sparing of Saul delivering him from death 1 Sam. 24. 6 7 8. 11 12. and 26. 9 10 11 c. without cause or without effect and fruit in vaine Vers. 6. my life in Hebrew lives so usually called for the many faculties and operations that are in life the many yeares degrees estates thereof The Apostles in Greeke retaine the singular number life Act. 2. 28. from Psal. 16. 11. 1 Pet. 3. 10. from Psal. 34. 13. my glory or honour meaning either his honourable estate renowne and posteritie as Hos 9. 11. Iob 19. 9. or his soule as Gen. 49. 6. in the dust that is in base estate and ignominie as Ps. 113. 7. Iob 16. 5. or the dust of death the grave as Psal. 22. 16. Isa. 26. 19. Vers. 7. in the rages or because of the outrages surpassing indignations so called of the passing out of the heat and choler wake up or raise up to wit thy selfe and come unto me for judgement thou hast commanded or appointed It may also be read raise up to me the judgement which thou hast commanded so the Chaldee paraphrase here supplieth the word which saying Hasten unto me or for me the judgement which thou hast commanded the Hebrew it selfe somtime doth the like as 1 Kin. 9. 8. this house is high 2 Chr. 7. 21. this house which is high Vers. 8. for it for the same congregations sake w ch commeth about thee expecting judgement to the high place or to the heigth that is the throne of Iudgement for throns were set high 1 Kin. 10. 19. This word heighth is also used for heaven Psal. 93. 4. and there Gods throne is Ps. 11. 4. The Chaldee saith returne to the house of thy divine habitation or Maiestie Vers. 9. Iehovah The Chaldee translateth it The word of the Lord shall judge c. judge two words are here used in Hebrew for judging 1 Dan 2 Shaphat the first is more speciall to give doom or sentence in controversies the latter more generall for judging or doing right in all causes The Apostles expresse these two by one Greeke word krino judge as Heb. 10. 30. from Deut. 32. 36. Rom. 3. 4. from Psal. 51. 6. my justice the justice and equitie of my cause in respect of my persecutors So Psal. 18. 21 25. Elsewhere he appealeth to Gods justice Psal. 35. 24. my perfection or integritie the simplicitie of my wayes and simplicitie of my heart See Psal. 26. 1. in me or unto me to wit reward thou as the Chaldee explaineth it Vers. 10. for thou triest or he trieth God who is possessor of the reines Psal. 139. 13. doth also trie them as metall in the fire The heart may signifie the cogitations and the reines the affections So Ps. 26. 2. Ier. 11. 20. and. 20. 12. Rev. 2. 23. Vers. 12. angerly threatneth or detesteth disdaineth in wrath namely the wicked and menaceth their destruction So the Chaldee paraphraseth he is mightily angry against the wicked every day Vers. 13. If he that is If the wicked turne not as the Chaldee explaineth it If he turne not unto his feare The Greeke translateth if ye turne not Vers. 14. he worketh for the hot persecutors or polisheth to wit to shoot at them that fervently persecute namely the iust as the Chaldee addeth The Hebrew dalak which signifieth burning Ezek. 24. 10. is applied to hot persecution see Psal. 10. 2. Gen. 31. 35. Lam. 4. 19. Vers. 15. he shall be in travell or continually travelleth that is taketh great paines to accomplish iniquity as a woman with childe to be delivered molestation or moyle miserie The Hebrew ghnamal signifieth toilsome labour and molestation both w ch a man endureth himselfe Psa. 25. 18. and 73. 5. and which he causeth another to endure Psal. 94. 20. and 55. 11. And thus it is here meant as the 17 verse sheweth bring forth a lie or falshood meaning either calumnie and slander of others which in verse 17 seemeth to be called violent wrong or a deceit of himselfe frustrating his owne expectation This similitude of the conception travell and birth of sin is memorable mentioned also in Iob 15. 35. Isa. 59. 4. Iam. 1. 15. much like another similie of ploughing sowing and reaping iniquitie Iob 4. 8. Vers. 16. is fallen to wit unto his owne perdition as Prov. 26. 27. Eccles. 10. 8. or to lurke there for the perdition of others See Psal. 10. 10. the corrupting ditch he wrought or pit of corruption which he made The originall Shachath signifieth corruption Psal. 16. 10. and is applied to any pit or ditch where one perisheth and corrupteth Psal. 57. 7. and 94. 13. and sometime the word pit is plainly added as in Psal. 55. 24. the pit of corruption Vers. 17. his crowne the scalp or heads top meaning also abundantly and apparantly in the view of all See Esth. 9. 25. Violent wrong The word Chamas signifieth injurie done by force and rapine violation of right and justice Vers. 18. sing Psalme to or praise with Psalme and this importeth a song artificiall and skilfully composed See Psal. 3. 1. PSAL. VIII Gods glorie is magnified by his works 6 A prophesie of Christ his humiliation glorie and dominion To the master of the musicke upon Gittith a Psalme of David IEhovah our Lord how wondrous excellent is thy name in all the earth which hast given thy glorious Majestie above the heavens Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings thou hast founded strength because of thy distressers to make cease the enemie and selfe-avenger When I behold thy heavens the worke of thy fingers the moone and the stars which thou hast stably constituted What is sorry man that thou remembrest him and the son of Adam that thou visitest him For thou hast made him lesser a little than the Gods and crowned him with glory and comely honor Thou gavest him dominion over the works of thy hands all thou didst set under his feet Sheep and oxen all of them and also the beasts of the field The fowle of the heavens and the fishes of the sea that which passeth thorow the paths of the seas Iehovah our Lord how wondrous excellent is thy name in all the earth Annotations GIttith or the Gittith which title is also given to the 81 and 84 Psalmes Gath in Hebrew is a wine-presse Isa. 63. 2. It is also the name of a citie of the Philistims 1 Sam. 17. 4. A citie also of the Levites was called Gath-rimmon Ios. 21. 25. whereupon Obed-Edom the son of Ieduthun a Levite and singer in Israel was called a Gittite 2 Sam. 6. 10. So
in evill or that am not in evill that is I who am not now in evill shall never be meaning by evill trouble or affliction as the Israelites saw themselves in evill Exod. 5. 19. Or perhaps by evill he meaneth sinne and maliciousnesse as when Aaron said the people were in evill Exod. 32. 22. and then he boasteth here of his innocencie for which he promiseth to himselfe a setled estate The Chaldee giveth this sense I will not be moved from generation to generation from doing evill Vers. 7. of cursing or of execration or adjuration The Hebrew Alah signifieth an oath with execration or cursing Numb 5. 21. for cursing was added to an oath for to confirme it the more Nehem. 10. 29. Deut. 29. 12 21. therefore one and the same thing is called both an oath and a curse Gen. 24. 8. 41. This here the Apostle calleth in Greeke Ara Cursing Rom. 3. 14. deceits and fraud or impostures and inward guile that is outward deceitfull shewes and promises and privie guile lurking in the heart Vers. 8. in the waiting place of the villages or the ambush of the court-yards both which have their name in Hebrew of the grasse that groweth in them as it were grasse-yards And because such places commonly are rich mens possessions therefore it seemeth the Greek translateth in the waiting place with the rich Vers. 10. He croucheth or And he crusheth to wit himselfe lest he should be espied See this spoken of the Lion Iob 39. 2. that fall may in t o his strong pawes a troope or and he falleth with his strong pawes on the troope of poore Strong pawes or Strong members Here wanteth a word to be supplied as often in this and other tongues as a full for a full cup Psal. 73. 10. a new for a new sword 2 Sam. 21. 16. cold for cold water Matth. 10. 42. This want sometime the Scripture it selfe supplieth in repeâting histories as he set in Aram 1 Chro. 18. 6. for he set garrisons in Aram 2 Sam. 8. 6. the first of the feast Matth. 26. 17. for the first day of the feast Mark 14. 12. So after Psal. 22. 13. and 27. 4. troope of poore or the weake the poore called here by a name that noteth their power wealth and facultie to be dimmed or decayed or a company of obscure persons This word is no where found but thrise in this Psalme in the eight verse before in this and againe in the fourteenth Vers. 11. he will not see or not at all respect The like prophane speeches of the wicked are set downe Psalm 94. 7. Ezek. 8. 12. and 9. 9. Isay 29. 15. Vers. 12. lift up thy hand that is shew openly thy power for helpe of thy people and confusion of thy foes Lifting up the hand is applied to the publishing and manifesting of the Gospell Isay 49. 22. sometime for signe of helpe Ezek. 20. 5. sometime for hurt 2 Sam. 18. 28. and sometime for signe of an oath as Ps. 106. 26. Deut. 32. 40. In this latter sense the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it here Confirme the oath of thy hand Vers. 14. to give it into thine hand that is to take the matter into thy hand to menage it or to give with thy hand that is liberally to recompence the evill that is done The Chaldee paraphraseth thus It is manifest before thee that thou wilt send upon the wicked sorrow and wrath thou lookest to pay a good reward to the just with thy hand unto thee or upon thee the poore leaveth to wit his cause or him-selfe To leave is to commit unto ones fidelitie Gen. 39. 6. Esa. 10. 3. Iob 39. 14. And so the Chaldee saith thy poore trust in thee See also 2 Tim. 1. 12. Vers. 15. Breake the arme the arme noteth strength meanes power and helpe Ezek. 30. 21 25. Isa. 33. 2. Dan. 11. 6. 22. also violence Iob 35. 9. I respect of all these the armes of the wicked men shall be broken Psal. 37. 17. till thou findest none In Ier. 50. 20. the sinnes of Gods people being sought for are not found because of his mercy in pardoning them but here of the wicked they are not found because of his judgement in consuming them as he saith in Ezek. 23. 48. thus will I cause wickednesse to cease out of the land Vers. 16. heathens out of his land the land of Canaan whose people 's the Lord drove out Psal. 44. 3. and of which he said the land is mine Levit. 25. 23. It may also be understood of the wicked Israelites which in conditions were like the heathens and borne of them Ezek. 16. 3. such were also called heathens Psal. 2. 1. as appeareth by Act. 4. 27. Vers. 17. thou preparest firme to wit by thy Spirit which helpeth the infirmities of men that know not what to pray as they ought Rom. 8. 26. Or we may reade it prayer-wise prepare thou their heart apply c. for prayers are often made in faith as if they were already done as where one saith it hath pleased thee to blesse 1 Chron. 17. 27. another saith let it please thee to blesse 2 Sam. 7. 29. thine eare the Chaldee addeth to their prayers The Greeke thus to the preparation of their heart thine care attendeth Vers. 18. that he adde not he that is the wicked man spoken of before vers 15. unlesse we refer it to that which followeth the man of the earth to daunt with terrour or to breake with feare to dismay or terrifie The word is indifferent applied sometime to God Psalm 89. 8. sometime to wicked men Psal. 37. 35. The Apostle following the Greeke version saith be not troubled 1 Pet. 3. 14. for be not daunted with feare Esay 8. 12. but morefully the word is opened by Paul saying in nothing be terrified or daunted of your adversaries Philip. 1. 28. pturómenoi sory man out of the earth or sory men Aenosh as P. 9 21. This may be referred to the fatherlesse and oppressed whom the wicked would daunt and skâre out of the earth or land Or changing the order of the words thus that man of the earth that is earthly man doe no more terrifie the meeke The Chaldee explaineth it thus Let the sons of men not any more be broken or daunted from before the wicked of the earth PSAL. XI David being counselled to flee encourageth him-selfe in God against his enemies 4 He sheweth the providence and justice of God To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David IN Iehovah doe I hope for safety how say yee to my soule flee to your mountaine as a bird For loe the wicked bend the bow they prepare their arrow upon the string to shoot in the darknesse at them that are upright in heart For the foundations are cast downe the just what hath he done Iehovah in the palace of his holinesse Iehovah in the heavens his throne his eyes will view his eye-lids will prove the sonnes of Adam Iehovah will prove the
thy Law lest I sinne and sleepe with them which are guiltie of death Vers. 6. But I or And I as for me bounteously rewarded The originall word Gamal signifieth to give one thing for another as prosperity after one hath beene in adversitie c. And though it be sometime used for rewarding evill for good Psal. 7. 5. or evill for evill Psalm 137. 8. yet from God to his people it commonly signifieth a bountifulâ rewarding of good things in stead of evill which we rather doe deserve So Psal. 116. 7. and 119. 17. and 142. 8. and 103. 2. 10. The Greeke translateth dealt bounteously the Chaldee rewarded me good PSAL. XIV David discribeth the corruption of all naturall men 4 and convinceth them by the light of their consciences 6 He sheweth their enmitie against Gods people who wish for and glory in his salvation To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David THe foole saith in his heart there is no God they have corrupted they have made abominable their practise there is none that doth good Iehovah from the heavens looked downe upon the sonnes of Adam to see if there were any that understandeth any that seeketh God All is departed together they are become unprofitable there is none that doth good none not one Doe they not know all that worke painful iniquity that eat my people as they eat bread they call not on Iehovah There dread they a dread because God is in the just generation The counsell of the poore afflicted yee would make abashed because Iehovah is his hope Who will give out of Sion the salvation of Israel when Iehovah returneth the captivitie of his people âakob shall be glad Israel shall rejoyce Annotations THe foole Nabal which hath the signification of jading dying or falling away as doth a leafe or flower Isa. 40. 8. 1 Pet. 1. 24. is a title given to the foolish man as having lost the juice and sap of wisdome reason honestie godlinesse being fallen from grace ungratefull and without the life of God as a dead carkasse which of this word is called Nebaâah Levit. 11. 40. and therefore ignoble and of vile esteeme opposed to the noble man Isa. 32. 5. The Apostle in Greeke turneth it imprudent or without understanding Rom. 10. â9 from Deut. 32. 21. saith in his heart that is mindeth and perswadeth himselfe in secret So Psalm 10. 4. and 53. 2. no God the Chaldee expoundeth it no power or dominion of God in the earth they have corrupted marred to wit themselves therefore the Greeke saith they are corrupted the Chaldee saith corrupted their workes This word is used for corruption both of religion and manners by idolaâry and other vices Exod. 32. 7. Deut. 31. 29. Gen. 6. 12. And that which he spake before as of one man he now applieth to all mankinde made abominable or made lâathsome to wit their action or themselves as the Greeke faith they are abominable or become loathsome So in 1 King 21. 26. The Chaldee interpreteth they abhorre good practise meaning their evill actions therefore in Psal. 53. 2. it is gnavel evill which here is gnalâlah action Vers. 3. All is or the all that is the whole universall multitude is departed all in generall and every one in particular as is expressed Psalm 53. 4. become unprofitable or fit for no use so the Apostle expresseth it in Greeke the word here used being rare and taken from Iob 15. 16. and betokeneth a thing loathsome stinking and so unfit for use Vers. 4. Doe they not know meaning doubtlesse they know and cannot plead ignorance A question hath often the force of an earnest asseveration eat my people that is the poore as is added for explanation in Exod. 22. 25. for Gods people commonly are the poorer sort Iam. 2. 5 6. Luke 6. 20. and such are eaten or devoured of the wicked Psal. 79. 7. who eat their flesh and flay off their skin and chop them in peeces as flesh for the cauldron Mic. 3. 3. as they eat bread the word as seemeth here to be understood or without it we may reade they eat bread that is are secure and without remorse doe give themselves to eating and drinking So eating of bread is used for banquetting Exod. 18. 12. Vers. 5. There dread they a dread that is they are sore adread or feare a great feare as Luke 2. 9. So hath sinned a sinne Lam. 1. 8. that is hath grievously sinned And by there hee meaneth the suddennesse of it as also in Psal. 36. 13. or there that is in their heart and conscience The Greeke translateth they dreaded with feare where no feare was the Chaldee they feared with a false feare with which it was not meet to feare because God is this may be taken as a cause of their foresaid feare as Saul was afraid of David 1 Sam. 18. 14 15. or it is an opposition to their dread but God is in the just generation and therefore they dread not but are defended from the siege of their enemies as Psal. 53. 6. The Chaldee saith because the word of the Lord is in the generation of the just Vers. 6. yee would make abashed that is ye reproach it and would confound frustrate and bring it to nothing So abashing and shame is often used for frustration of ones purpose and hope Psal. 6. 11. because Iehovah or but Iehovah is his shelter and hope therefore he shall not be abashed Psal. 25. 3. Contrariwise the wicked shall be abashed because God refuseth them Psal. 53. 6. Vers. 7. Who will give or O that some would give it is a forme of wishing often used in the Scripture as Ps. 55. 7. Deut. 5. 29. Iob 6. 8. out of Sion this is meant of Christ the salvation of God to Israel who was expected out of Sion as it is written the Redeemer shall come out of Sion and shall turne away impieties from Iakob Rom. 11. 26. returneth the captivitie that is bringeth againe those that were led captives according to the promise Deut. 30. 3. and this was performed by Christ Luke 4. 18. Eph. 4. 8. Captivity or Leading away is here used for the people led away as another word of like signification is so used Ezek. 11. 24 25. So Psal. 126. Iakob Israel that is Gods people the posteritie of Iakob who also was called Israel So Aaron is put for his posterity the Aaronites 1 Chron. 12. 27. and 27. 17. and David for his children 1 Chron. 4. 31. Iakob is a name that noteth infirmitie for he strove for the first birth-right but obtained it not when hee tooke his brother by the heele in the wombe and thereupon was called Iakob Gen. 25. 22 26. But Israel is a name of power and principalitie for after he had wrastled with the Angell behaved him-selfe princely wept prayed and prevailed his name was changed from Iakob to Israel as a Prince or prevailer with God Gen. 32. 24 26 28. Hos. 12. 3 4. Therefore is the
wilt compasse me Selah I will make thee prudent and will teach thee in the way that thou shalt goe I will give counsell mine eye shall be upon thee Be not ye as the horse as the mule without understanding whose mouth must be stopped with bit and bridle which come not neere unto thee Many pains are for the wicked but he that trusteth in Iehovah mercy shall compasse him Rejoyce ye in Iehovah and be glad ye just and shout joyfully all ye upright of heart Annotations AN instructing Psalme or A Psalme that maketh prudent that causeth understanding As in the 8. verse of this psalm he saith I wil make thee prudent or instruct thee This title is set before sundry other Psalmes whose sinne is covered meaning by the Lord Psal. 85. 3. not by a man himselfe who must not cover but acknowledge sinne Psal. 32. 5. otherwise he shall not prosper Prov. 28. 13. Now God covereth sinne when hee imputeth it not as the verse following sheweth and as this is mans happinesse so for God not to cover it is woe and misery Nehem. 4. 5. Vers. 2. not impute not thinke count or reckon And this is an effect of his grace in Christ as it is written God was in Christ and reconciled the world to himselfe not imputing their sinnes unto them 2 Cor. 5. 19. And hereunto the Apostle applieth this Psalme thus David saith blessednesse is the mans unto whom God imputeth justnesse without works saying Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven and whose sinnes are covered Blessed is the man to whom the Lord shall not impute sinne Rom. 4. 6 7 8. Vers. 3. because I ceased speaking or when I kept silence forbearing to confesse my sinnes as after vers 5. Like doctrine Elihâ teacheth Iob 33. 19 22. Vers. 4. thy haud in Chaldee thy plague moisture the chiefe sap or radicall moisture which is an airy and oily substance dispred through the body whereby the life is fostered and which being spent death ensueth This word is used onely here and in Num. 11. 8. where it is applied to the best moisture or creame of oile Vers. 5. confesse Confessing of sinnes is when one freely manifesteth them accusing himselfe and praising Gods mercie which he expecteth in faith see Ios. 7. 19. against me my trespasses or concerning my trespasses but both the Greeke version plainly hath against me and elsewhere the Hebrew ghnalei here vsed seemeth to bee put for ghnalai as Psal. 108. 10. compared with Psal. 60. 10. the iniquitie of my sinne that is the guilt and punishment of it as Psal. 31. 11. And thus he that confesseth and forsaketh sinne shall have mercie Prov. 28. 13. for if wee acknowledge our sinnes God is faithfull and just to forgive us them 1 Ioh. 1. 9 See also Iob 33. 27 28. Vers. 6. the time of finding or time to finde which may be meant of the time when afflictions shall finde that is shall come vpon him as Psal. 116. 3 4. or the time when God may be found as Isa. 55. 6. and that time is when he is sought with the whole heart Deut. 4. 29. Ier. 29. 13. 2 Chron. 15. 15. To this latter the Chaldee applieth it saying of favour floud or inundation As waters signifie afflictions Psal. 69. 2. so a floud of waters denoteth great troubles and persecutions Dan. 9. 26. and 11. 22. Nahum 1. 8. Isa. 59. 19. Rev. 12. 15 16. The Chaldee paraphraseth in the time when many people 's come as waters they shall not come neare him to doe him evill Vers. 7. shouting songs of deliverance or of evasion that is thou wilt give me occasion by deliverance of me to sing many songs of praise unto thee Vers. 8. mine eie shall be upon thee or mine eie I will set upon thee that is I will have care of and looke well unto thee as Ier. 40. 4. Ezra 5. 5. Deut. 11. 12. Psal. 34. 16. So the Chaldee explaineth it I will counsell thee and set mine eie upon thee for good Or thus I will give counsel unto thee with mine eie that is with my care and providence Thus Christ counselled Peter with his eie Luk. 22. 61. So the eie is said to mocke Prov. 30. 17. Vers. 9. as the horse c. that is be not fooles and brutish so as ye must be ruled by force and rigour not by reason For unto the horse belongs a whip unto the asse a bridle and a rod to the fooles backe Prov. 26. 3. mouth must be stopped or jaw is to be tied Hebr. to stop for to be stopped active for passive as after Ps. 36. 3. which come not neare that is which will not obey or doe thee service unlesse they be forced and ruled by the bridle according to the saying of the Apostle Behold wee put bits into the horses mouthes that they should obey us Iam. 3. 3. Vers. 10. Many paines or Great smarts or sores are for the wicked So Solomon saith Affliction followeth sinners c. Prov. 13. 21. and 19. 29. and 24. 20. PSAL. XXXIII God is to be praised for his goodnesse 6 for his powerfull workes 12 and for his providence 20 Confidence is to be placed in God SHout joyfully ye just in Iehovah praise becommeth the righteous Confesse ye to Iehovah with harpe with Psaltery with ten stringed instrument sing Psalme unto him Sing ye to him a new Song doe well playing on the instrument with triumphant noise For righteous is the word of Iehovah and all his worke in faith He loveth justice and judgement the earth is full of the mercie of Iehovah By the word of Iehovah the heavens were made and all the host of them by the spirit of his mouth He gathereth together as an heape the waters of the Sea he giveth the deepes into treasuries Let all the earth be in feare of Iehovan let all the Inhabitants of the world shrinke with feare for him For he said and it was he commanded and it stood Iehovah dissipateth the counsell of the Nations he bringeth to nought the cogitations of the peoples The counsell of Iehovah shall stand for ever the cogitations of his heart to generation and generation O blessed is the Nation whereof Iehovah is God the people that he hath chosen for a possession to himselfe From the heavens Iehovah doth behold doth see all the sonnes of Adam From the firme place of his dwelling he looketh forth unto all the inhabitants of the earth He formeth altogether their heart he discreetly attendeth unto all their works There is no King saved by multitude of a power a mightie man shall not be delivered by multitude of able strength A horse is falshood for salvation and shall not deliver by multitude of his power Loe the eie of Iehovah is unto them that feare him to them that hopefully wait for his mercie To rid free their soule from death and to keep them alive in famine Our soule earnestly waiteth for Iehovah he is our helpe and
affection For the returning of the prayer seemeth to meane the often minding and repeating of it the bosome signifieth secrecie Prov. 21. 14. and 17. 23. Psal. 89. 51. and inward affection Num. 11. 12. Ioh. 1. 18. Or wee may reade it thus Let my prayer returne into thy bosome that is I wished no worse to them than to my selfe let me receive of God such good as I prayed for them See Psal. 79. 12. Vers. 14. sad or blacke to wit in blacke and mournfull attire and with sad and heavy countenance as the Greeke here translateth it Scuthropazon which word the new testament also useth Matt. 6. 16. Luke 24. 17. So after in Psal. 38. 7. and 42. 10. and 43. 2. bewaileth his mother mourneth at her funerall In this case the affections are most strong Therefore the Priests were permitted to mourne for such Levit. 21. 1 2 3. Vers. 15. my halting that is my calamitie and infirmitie whereby I seemed ready to fall So in Psal. 38. 18. Ier. 20. 10. the smiters that smote me with the tongue as Ier. 18. 18. and as here followeth they rent c. The Seventy in Greeke turne it Scourges alluding as I thinke to the scourge of the tongue as Iob 5. 21. and another Greeke version hath plectai smiters It may also be read the smitten that is abjects vile persons Iob 30. 8. as the Chaldee expresseth it the wicked or understand smitten on their feet as 2 Sam. 4. 4. that is lame so faining themselves or smitten in spirit as Esai 66. 2. that is grieved in outward shew they rent to wit me with reproaches as Matt. 7. 6. or rent their garments counterfeiting sorrow for me Iob 2. 12. Vers. 16. hypocrites or close dissemblers which outwardly cover and cloke their wickednesse wherewith inwardly they are defiled Matt. 23. 27 28. or which have their hearts covered Iob 36. 13. The Greeke also from whence our English word hypocrisie is borrowed signifieth an under judgement that is dissimulation scoffers or of scoffes that is men that make scoffs as in Psal. 36. 12. pride is for proud persons for a cake of bread that is for good cheare for their bellies or at their belly cheare at banquets So Solomon speaketh of some that will transgresse for a peece of bread Prov. 28. 21. The originall word Magânog is a cake 1 King 17. 12. and as bread is used for all food Psal. 136. 25. so a cake seemeth to be used for all juncates or dainty meats as in Hos. 7. Ephraim is likened to a cake and their enemies to banketters that greedily eat them up verse 8 9. so here David matcheth his adversaries with hypocriticall and scoffing parasites whose God was their belly as Phil. 3. 19. Or wee may figuratively take this word for a mocke jest or merâment and so reade it with hypocriticall jesting scoffers and this the Greeke favoureth saying they mocked me with mockage gnashing or they gnashed Hebr. to gnash but a word thus indefinite following another with person is it selfe of the same by proprietie of the Hebrew tongue So Psal. 49. 15. their teeth the teeth of them and him that is of every of them See Psal. 2. 3. Vers. 17. returne or reduce restore stay my soule or life so Iob 33. 30. alonely or solitarie desolate soule See Psal. 23. 21 23. Vers. 18. a mightie people or a strong to wit in number that is a great multitude The word Ghnatsum as it is mighty in strength Psal. 135. 10. Prov. 30. 26. so is it many in number Psal. 40. 6. 13. and 105. 24. and 137. 17. Vers. 19. enemies with falsitie that is for a false cause or as the Greeke explaineth it unjustly winke make secret signes by the winking of the eye which argueth both privie and scoruefull gesture therefore this alwaies is a signe of evill Prov. 10. 10. and 6. 13. not peace that is not peaceably or friendly which yet some hypocrites doe Psal. 28. 3. or not speake to come to any sound composition or peaceable end which one may trust unto But God speaketh peace to his people Psal. 85. 9. words of deceits deceitfull words or things Vers. 21. hath seene or seeth to wit the evill of David or that which we desired In speeches of evill cases often the Hebrew useth silence So after in Psal. 54. 9. and 59. 11. and 118. 7. Vers. 23. to my judgement that is to judge and avenge me of mine enemies so after to my plea is to plead my cause as vers 1. Vers. 25. aha our soule that is abaââ have our desire Soule is sometime put for desire Psal. 41. 3. Vers. 26. cloathed with bashfulnesse meaning their confusion on every side when nothing but their shame appeareth and so continueth So Psal. 109. 29. and 132. 18. Iob 8. 22. that magnifie to wit their mouthes as is expressed Hobad 1. 12. Ezek. 35. 13. that is speake great things and boastfully as the Greeke explaineth So after in Psal. 38. 17. and 55. 13. delight my justice whom my justice and innocency pleaseth or delighteth and the defence thereof PSAL. XXXVI The grievous estate of the wicked 6 The excellencie of Gods mercies to such as trust in him 11 A prayer for the righteous 13 and prophesie of the wickeds fall To the master of the musicke a Psalme of David the servant of Iehovah THe trespasse of the wicked assuredly saith in the inmost of my heart no dread of God is before his eyes For he flattereth himselfe in his owne eyes to find his iniquity which he ought to hate The words of his mouth are iniquity and deceit he hath left off to be prudent to doe good He thinketh iniquity upon his bed he setteth himselfe on a way not good he refuseth not evill Iehovah thy mercy is in the heauens thy faithfulnesse unto the skies Thy justice as the mountaines of God thy judgements a great depth Iehovah thou savest man and beast How precious is thy mercy O God and the sons of Adam hope for safety in the shadow of thy wings They shall be plenteously moistened with the fatnesse of thy house and the streame of thy pleasures thou wilt give them to drinke Because with thee is the well of life in thy light we see light Extend thy mercy to them that know thee and thy justice to the right of heart Let not the foot of pride come on me and the hand of the wicked let it not make meflee There have they fallen that worke painfull iniquitie they have beene thrust downe and have not beene able to rise Annotations THe trespasse of the wicked or Trespasse saith to the wicked that is perswadeth imboldneth hardeneth him assuredly saith or it is an assured saying a faithfull affirmation This word is peculiar to the oracles of God which are sure and faithfull as the Apostle sometime mentioneth faithfull sayings 1 Tim. 1. 15. and 3. 1. and 4. 9. In the new Testament it is interpreted said Mat. 22. 44. from
so after in vers 13. see Psal. 35. 18. above telling that is moe than I or any can tell or moe than can be told Vers. 7. thou wouldest not or delightedst not Christ was to cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease Dââ 9. 27. because it was unpossible that they should purge sinnes Hebr. 10. 4. therefore speaketh hee thus to God his Father Heb. 10. 5. mine eares or eares to me see Psal. 3. 1. digged open or pierced that is thou hast made mee obedient to thy voice contrary to which is the stopping of the eare Psal. 58. 5. so the Chaldee explaineth it thou hast digged open mine eares to hearken unto thy commandements Or mine eares thou hast boared as thy servant for ever according to the law Exod. 21. 6. The Greeke Interpreters to make the sense plainer say but a body hast thou fitted to me meaning that his body was ordained and fitted to be a sacrifice for the sinnes of the world when the other legall sacrifices were refused as unprofitable And thus the Apostle alleageth the words following the Greeke Hebr. 10. 5 10. burnt-offering sacrifice that goeth all up in fire See Psal. 20. 4. sin-offering or expiation oblation for sinne as the Apostle calleth it Hebr. 10. The word Sinne is often in the Law put for the sin-offering Levit. 4. 24 c. Exod. 29. 14 So the Apostle saith Him that knew no sin he made sin that is a sin-offering for us 2 Cor. 5. 21. Vers. 8. Loe I come or am come to wit into the world Hebr. 10. 5. and particularly to Ierusalem to give my selfe a sacrifice for sinne See Mark 10. 32 33 34. The Chaldee not understanding this mystery paraphraseth Loe I enter into life eternall when I have studied or exercised my selfe in the roll of the booke of the law which is written for me alluding as it seemeth to Deut. 17. vers 18 19 20. the roll or volume of the booke that is a booke or scroll of paper or parchment rolled up The like phrase is used Ier. 36. 2 c. Ezek. 2. 9. c. The Hebrew Sepher book is used generally for any writings evidences bils court-rolls c. Deut. 24. 1. 2 King 5. 5 6. Ier. 32. 11. and the bookes in Israel were written in long scrolles and folden or wrapped up Hence is that phrase the heavens shall be folden up like a booke Isa. 34. 4. Rev. 6. 14. it is written So Chist saith The son of man goeth as it is written of him Mat. 26. 24. and Moses wrote of me Ioh. 5. 46. See also Luk. 24. 44. 46. Act. 13. 29. Vers. 9. thy acceptable will by the which will we are sanctified even by the offering of the body of Iesus Christ once Heb. 10. 10. See also Ioh. 6. 38. Luk. 22. 42. Vers. 10. I have preached the glad tidings of or I have evangelized justice of this word the Evangelie or Gospell hath the name the Greeke signifying Good tidings and the English also to like effect made of the Saxon godspell that is a good speech And the justice here meant is thus set forth by the Apostle Now is the justice of God made manifest without the law having witnesse of the law and of the Prophets namely the justice of God by the faith of Iesus Christ unto all and upon all that beleeve c. Rom. 3. 21 22. the great church or assembly congregation So Psal. 22. 23. close not up restraine not as in a prison that words should not be uttered Ier. 32. 2 3. Vers. 11. I said that is mentioned and spoke of as 2 Sam. 6. 22. to the great church the word to is referred to Gods mercy and truth extended to the church The Greeke referreth it to concealed and translateth from the great church And the Hebrew elsewhere usually speaketh Psal. 69. 6. and 78. 4. and 139. 15. Vers. 13. iniquities this word as the former evils is sometime used for sinne sometime for the punishment of sinne See Psal. 31. 11. Vers. 14. Vouchsafe or Let it please thee Vers. 15. to make an end of it to consume or destroy it Compare this conclusion with the 70. Psalme Vers. 16. made desolate or wondrously wasted unto amazednesse and astonishment So after in Psal. 46. 9. and 69. 26. and 73. 19. and 79. 7. for a reward or an end of their shame that they would bring upon me End is used for reward as Psal. 19. 12. or For because of their shame The Hebrew word sometime signifieth because Isa. 5. 23. Genes 22. 18. Deut. 7. 12. aha the Chaldee openeth it with this paraphrase wee are glad at his destruction Vers. 18. thinketh on me in Greeke hath care of me in Chaldee thinketh good for me delay not prolong not the time till the last and consequently faile not The word is so to tarry or linger as to disappoint one of his expectation as Habak 2. 3. Though it tarry wait thou for it shall surely come and shall not delay that is not faile And thus may we understand other like Scriptures as Deut. 7. 10. God will not delay that is not faile to reward him that hateth him Deut. 23. 21. when thou vowest a vow to the Lord thou shalt not delay that is not faile to pay it So Exod. 22. 29. and sundry the like PSAL. XLI David prophesieth of Christs poverty and afflictions 5 His prayer and complaint of his enemies 10 Iudas his treachery 11 Christs resurrection and glorie for which he blesseth God To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David O Blessed is hee that prudently attendeth unto the poore weakling in the day of evill Iehovah will deliver him Iehovah will keepe him and preserve him alive he shall be made blessed in the earth and give thou him not to the soule of his enemies Iehovah will uphold him on the bed-sted of languishing sorrow all his bed thou hast turned in his sicknesse I did say Iehovah be gracious to me heale my soule for I have sinned against thee My enemies said evill of me when shall he die and his name perish And if he come to see he speaketh false vanitie in his heart he heapeth up painfull iniquitie to him selfe he goeth forth abroad he speaketh it Together against me whisper doe all that hate me against me they thinke evill to me A mischievous thing is fastened in him and he that lieth downe shall no more rise up Also the man of my peace he whom I trusted in that eateth my bread he hath greatly lifted up the heele against me And thou Iehovah be gracious to me and raise me up and I shall repay them By this I know that thou delightest in me because my enemie shall not shout triumphantly over me And me thou hast sustained me in mine integritie and hast setled me before thy face for ever Blessed is Iehovah the God of Israel from eternitie and unto eternity Amen and Amen Annotations THat prudently attendeth or skilfully carieth himselfe it
Mincah or oblation presented at evening Ps. 141. 2. This word is not elsewhere read in the scripture a good word an excellent sweet and pleasant matter A word is used often for a thing or matter Psal. 41. 9. here it is for the whole argument of this Psalme I doe say or I am saying that which feruently boyleth in me For of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh my works to the King or my poems of the King that is of Christ concerning him and dedicated to him is this Psalme or Dittie my tongue the pen understand it is as the pen or praier wise be it as the pen. The Chaldee addeth my tongue shall speake swiftly as the pen c. of a speedy writer or of a swift a ready Scribe So Esra was called not onely for writing but also for interpreting the law Ezr. 7. 6. Scribes were both Scriveners or Notaries 2 King 12. 10. and 22. 3. and expositors of the Law or Counsellers Mat. 23. 2. 1 Chron. 27. 32. Vers. 3. thou art much fairer The Hebrew word is of double forme to note out double that is very excellent beautie This fairenesse is not of body onely but of minde in wisdome holinesse c. as in Ezek. 28. 7. there is mentioned beautie of wisdome Here the Psalmist beginneth his speech to Christ and of his praises which the Chaldee paraphrast explaineth thus thy fairnesse O King Christ exceedeth the sonnes of men See the description of Christs spirituall beautie in Song 5. 10 16. grace is powred out in thy lips that is thou speakest gracious words abundantly Christs lips were like lillies dropping downe pure myrrh Song 5. 13. all that heard him speake wondred at the words of grace that proceeded out of his mouth Luk. 4. 22. The Chaldee expoundeth it The Spirit of prophesie is given into thy lips therefore to the end that thou shouldest powre out thy gracious words to men or because God hath blessed thee Vers. 4. Gird thy sword that is make ready to the fight Exod. 32. 27. 1 Sam. 25. 13. Song 3. 8. The spirituall sword is the word of God Eph. 6. 17. Therefore Christs sword properly commeth out of his mouth Rev. 1. 16. and with the breath of his lips shall hee slay the wicked Isa. 11. 4. upon the thigh understand thy thigh The Hebrew often omitteth words of this sort easie to be understood so the Greeke in the new Testament as mending the nets Mark 1. 19. or mending their nets Mat. 4. 21. to put away Mark 10. 4. for to put her away Mat. 19. 7. and many the like O mighty one or Champion Heb. Gibbor one of the titles of Christ Isa. 9. 6. The Chaldee paraphraseth as a mighty one to kill kings and rulers thy glorious Majestie this sheweth of what manner sword he speaketh called glory and comlinesse or magnificence because of the powerfull effects Of these words see Psal. 8. 2. 6. Vers. 5. prosper ride that is ride prosperously see the like phrase Psal. 51. 4. The Chaldee openeth it thus Thine honour is great therefore thou shalt prosper to ride upon the throne of the kingdome on word of truth which is the Gospell of our salvation Eph. 1. 13. the white Horse whereon Christ rideth Rev. 19. 11. or because of truth for the truths sake The Hebrew al debar is often used for because Psal. 79. 9. Gen. 43. 18. Deut 22. 24. and so the Greeke version hath it here of meeknesse so Christ came riding meeke Mat. 21. 5. and his word is both to be taught and to be received with meeknesse 2 Tim. 2. 25. Iam. 1. 21. and of justice or meeknesse of justice that is justice meekly administred but the Greeke supplieth the word and. shall teach thee or let it teach thee fearfull things In the Greeke it is thy right hand will guide thee maruellously Vers. 6. Thy arrowes that is thy words whereby thou convincest and beatest downe sinne and sinners So the rider on the white Horse hath a bow when he goeth to conquer Rev. 6. 2. Arrowes are words Psal. 64. 4. or judgements Deut. 32. 23. and the Chaldee here addeth Thine arrowes are drawne out to kill multitudes in the heart understand they peirce the heart of the kings enemies And this noteth the efficacie of these words or judgements as elsewhere he saith I will send all my plagues upon thy heart Exod. 9. 14. also their inward operation which is mighty dividing asunder the soule the spirit discerning the intents of the heart casting down imaginations bringing into captivitie every thought Heb. 4. 12. 2 Cor. 10 4. 5. Vers. 7. Thy throne O God The Chaldee addeth in heaven Here Christ our King is magnified as God above the Angels as the Apostle sheweth Heb. 1. 8. But unto the Son he saith thy throne O God is for ever c. Hereby also is meant the perpetuitie of Christs kingdome So 1 Chron. 22. 10. 2. Sam. 7. 16. a scepter of righteousnesse or a rod a mace of equitie plaine and righteous in administration hath anointed thee of this Hebrew Mashach hath anointed our Lord is called Mashiach or Messias and in Greeke Christ that is Anointed see Psal. 2. 2. oile of joy the holy Ghost which joyeth the heart Luk. 4. 18. 1 Thes. 1. 6. above thy fellowes that is above all Christians who are thy fellows consorts and partners in the anointing 1 Ioh. 2. 20 27. who are also made Kings and Priests Rev. 5. 10. and with whom thou hast taken part of flesh and bloud Heb. 2. 14. Or by fellowes may be meant all kings and potentates whom he excelleth Psal. 89. 28. Vers. 9. Myrrh named of the Hebrew word Mor and is the gumme or liquor of a tree in taste bitter in smell odoriferous therefore it was used in the precious ointment of the high priest and Tabernacle Exod. 30. 21. and in other sweet perfumes Est. 2. 12. Prov. 7. 17. See Song 4. 14. and 5. 1. 13. Aloes of the Hebrew name Ahaloth a sweet wood wherwith perfumes were also made Num. 21. 7. Song 4. 14. The Arabians call it tsandal Cassia or Cassies also of the Hebrew Ketsioth elsewhere it is not found in Scripture It seemeth to be the barks or skinnes of that sweet shrub Casia mentioned in Plinie lib. 12. cap. 20. all thy garments that is they be of them or smell of them or are anointed with them or as the Chaldee paraphraseth are perfected with them out of the Ivory palaces or palaces of Elephants tooth as the Chaldee here addeth the name of the Elephant meaning that either the King commeth out of them or the garments were taken out of such palaces or costers Kings palaces were sometime made of Ivorie or tooth 2 King 22. 39. more than they that make thee joyfull or than theirs that make thee glad that is thy garments are more odoriserous than the garments of thy fellowes forementioned verse 8. For though the Spouse or Church hath the savour
deceit Vers. 5. justice that is truth or faithfulnesse Vers. 6. words of swallowing or of devouring of perniciousnesse that is pernicious words which cause destruction Vers. 7. destroy or pull thee downe a similitude taken from buildings pulled downe Levit. 14. 45. applied here to mans overthrow So Iob 19. 10. pull thee away or take thee hence as a coale of fire is taken with the rongs Esa. 30. 4. plucke thee as the stakes are plucked up when the tent is removed This is applied to expulsion ouâ of ones setled place and is opposed to stablishing Deut. 28. 63. Prov. 2. 22. and 15. â5 root thee up as a tree plucked up by the roots Iude 12. So Iob 31. 12. laâd of the living that is this world See Psal. 27. 13. Vers. 8. shall see the Chaldee paraphraseth shalt see thy punishment and feare before the Lord. Vers. 9. the man the mighty ãâã It hath reference to verse 3. he was strong or would be strong and prevaile as Psal. 9. 20. or strengthened and hardned himselfe his wofull evill or in that he hath that is his substance the Greeke saith in his vanitie Vers. 10. greene olive alwayes fresh and flourishing See Psal. 37. 35. Ier. 11. 1â aye continually see Psal. 9. 6. Vers. 11. hast done the Chaldee addeth hast done the vengeance of my judgement PSAL. LIII David describeth the corruption of a naturall man 5 and convinceth them by the light of their consciences 7 He glorieth in the salvation of God To the master of the musicke on Machalath an instructing Psalme of David THe foole saith in his heart there is no God they have corrupted and have made themselves abominable with injurious evill there is none that doth good God from the heavens looked downe upon the sonnes of Adam to see if there were any that understandeth that seeketh God Every one is gone backe together they are become unprofitable there is none that doth good none not one Doe they not know that worke painfull iniquitie that eat my people as they eat bread they call not upon God There they dreaded a dread where no dread was for God hath scattered the bones of him that besiegeth thee thou hast made them abashed for God hath contemptuously cast them off Who will give out of Sion the salvations of Israel when God returneth the captivitie of his people Iakob shall be glad Israel shall rejoyce Annotations MAchalath this seemeth to be a kind of instrument much like Nechiloth Psal. 5. 1. It may also be interpreted sicknesse or infirmitie So in the title of Psal. 88. an instructing Psalme Maskil see Psal. 32. 1. This Psalme is the same in effect and almost in words with the 14 Psalme some few things changed See the notes there Vers. 2. with injurious evill so the Greeke saith with iniquities they are made abominable Or wee may read they have done abominable ãâ¦ã Vers. 4. every one is gone backe Hebr. All he that is Each one or whosoever he be in particular In Psalm 14. 3. he speaketh generally all is departed Vers. 6. where no dread was that is no cause of droad God giveth to the wicked a trembling âeart Deut. 28. 65. and a sound of feare is in their âares Iob 15. 21. yea the sound of a lease chaseth them and they flee when none pursueth Lev. 26. 36. Prov. 28. 1. of him that besiegeth thee or that pitcheth cââpe against thee speaking to the godly man The Greeke turneth it of men-pleasârs hast made them abashed or shalt make abashed for it is a promise but set downe as already performed for the more assurance or shalt put to confusion to wit them or their counsell as they would have confounded thine See Psal. 14. 6. Vers. 7. who will give a wish O that therewere given c. See the notes on Psal. 14. 7. salvations that is full salvation health or deliverance PSAL. LIV. David complaining of the Ziphims prayeth for salvation 6 Vpon his confidence in Gods helpe hee promiseth sacrifice To the master of the musicke on Neginoth an instructing Psalme of David When the Ziphims came and said unto Saul doth not David hide himselfe with us O God in thy name save me and in thy power judge me O God heare my prayer hearken to the words of my mouth For strangers are risen up against me and daunting tyrants seeke my soule they have not set God before them Selah Loâ God is mine helper the Lord is with them that uphold my soule He will turne the evill to my enviers in thy truth suppresse thou them With voluntarinesse I will sacrifice unto thee I will confesse thy Name Iehovah because it is good For hee hath freely rid mee out of all distresse and mine eye hath seene on mine enemies Annotations ZIphiââs or Zipheans the Inhabitants of Ziph a citie in the tribe of Iudah Ios. 15. 24. by which there was a wildernesse and wood wherein David hid himselfe when he fled from Keââah for feare of King Saul and was bewrayed by these Ziphims unto the King once and the second time whereupon he made this Psalme See the history 1 Sam. 23. 14 15. 19 c. and 26 1 2. Vers. 5. strangers the Ziphims estranged from God and alienated from his people Psal. 58. 4. Isa. 1. 4. So wicked men are called Heathens Psal. 59. 6. In Psal. 86. 14. his is repeated by David but for Zarim strangers there he calleth them Zedim proud daunting tyrants terrible dismayers as Saul and his retinue whose terrour daunted many See Psal. 10. 18. seeke my soule my life to take it away see the note on Psal. 35. 4. Vers. 6. with them that uphold or among the upholders the valiant souldiers that helped David in his battels as 1 Chron. 12. 1. c. a like manner of speech is Iudg. 11. 35. thou art among them that trouble me Vers. 7. returne the evill to wit which they intend against me For the righteous escapeth out of trouble and the wicked shall come in his stead Prov. 11. 8. suppresse them restraine them or cut them off Compare Psal. 143. 12. Vers. 8. With voluntarinesse or In freenesse that is freely liberally of a willing minde Such sacrifices the law mentioneth Levit. 7. 16. Vers. 9. eye hath seene to wit the worke or reward of God in Chaldee the vengeance on mine enemies mentioned before in vers 7. and as is expressed in Psal. 91. 8. but often this word is concealed as Psal. 35. 21. and 92. 12. or hath viewed them with delight see Psal. 22. 18. PSAL. LV. David in his prayer complaineth of his fearefull case 10 He prayeth against his enemies of whose wickednesse and treacherie he complaineth 17 He comforteth himselfe in Gods preservation of him and confusion of his enemies To the master of the musicke on Neginoth an instructing Psalme of David HEare thou O God my prayer and hide not thy selfe from my supplication for grace Attend to me and answer me I mourn in my
words or my matters perverting them and giving them another figure or fashion So the Hebrew word is used for fashioning Iob 10. 8. It signifieth also grieving Esa. 63. 9. Vers. 7. They draw together or gather that is convene and combine together or gather warres as is expressed Psal. 140. 3. So Psal. 59. 4. my steps or my heeles or footsâles after the manner of that old Serpent Gen. 3. 15. Vers. 8. cast downe or make descend to wit to the pit of corruption as Psal. 55. 24. or nether parts of the earth as Ezek. 32. 18. Vers. 9. my wandring my flitting to and fro as from Sauls presence to Gath 1 Saâ 21. 10. from thence to the cave of Adullam 1 Sam. 22. 1. from thence to Mispeh in Moab vers 3. then to the forest of Hareth in Iudah vers 5. then to Keilah 1 Sam. 23. 5. thence to the wildernesse of Ziph vers 14. thence to the wildernesse of Maon ver 25. then to Eugedi 1 Sam. 24. 1 ãâã and so from place to place as a partrich on the mountaines in all which David acknowledged Gods care and providence towards him in thy bottle that is reserve them diligently Bottles were used to put in milke and wine Iudg. 4. 19. 1 Sam. 16. 20. In the Hebrew there is an allusion to the former word wandring called Nod a bottle being also in that tongue called Nod having difference in writing but none in sound are they not in thy register or in thy booke and reckoning meaning doubtlesse they are A question is often used for an earnest affirmation or deniall As when one Evangelist saith Doe yee not erre Mar. 12. 24. another saith ye doe erre Mat. 22. 29. Vers. 10. that God will be for me or with me or that God is mine as the Greeke saith thou art my God Vers. 13. Thy vowes are upon me that is I have thank-offerings ready wherewith to pay my vowes which I made unto thee A like phrase is in Prov. 7. 14. Vpon me are peace-offerings See also how vowes were paid with peace or thank-offerings Lev. 7. 15 16. Psal. 66. 13. Or they are upon me that is I am bound to pay them or doe now binde my selfe and take them upon me The Chaldee saith Oâ me I have received O God thy vowes confessions that is as the Chaldee saith sacrifices of confession or thanks which were distinguished from vowes Lev. 7. 12 15 16. Vers. 14. hast thou not also meaning surely thou hast as before in vers 9. and Psal. 116. 9. from sliding or from driving from thrust that is from sliding by the thrust of my enemies to walke on or converse it noteth a continuall and pleasing carriage of ones selfe acceptable to God therefore the Greeke expresseth it by well-pleasing and the Apostle followeth the same in Heb. 11. 5. from Gen. 5. 24. So in Psal. 116. 9. The meaning also of the phrase here is that I may walke as that which one Prophet saith lashabeth to dwell 1 Chron. 17 4. another saith leshibti that I may dwell 2 Sam. 7 5. the light of the living or light of life meaning the vitall of lively light which men here on earth doe enjoy and therefore in Iob 33. 28 30. this is opposed to the pit or grave and in Psal. 116. 9. it is called the land of the living whereof see Psal. 27. 13. This also respecteth the better light of life mentioned by our Saviour Ioh. 8. 12. PSAL. LVII David in prayer flying unto God complaineth of his dangerous case 8 He encourageth himselfe to praise God To the master of the musicke Corrupt not Michtam of David when he fled from the face of Saul into the cave BE gracious to me O God be gracious to me for in thee my soule hopeth for safety and in the shadow of thy wings will I hope for safetie till the wofull evils passeth over I will cal unto God most high to the God that perfectly accomplisheth towards me He will send from heavens and save me he hath put to reproach him that would swallow me up Selah God will send his mercy and his truth My soule is among Lions I lie among inflamers the sonnes of Adam their teeth are speares and arrowes and their tongue a sharpe sword Be exalted over the heavens O God over all the earth be thy glory They prepared a net for my steps he bowed downe my soule they digged a pit before me they are fallen into the midst of it Selah Firmely prepared is my heart O God firmely prepared is my heart I will sing and praise with Psalme Raise up my glorie raise up Psalterie and Harpe I will raise up at the day dawning I will confesse thee among the peoples O Lord I will praise thee with Psalme among the nations That thy mercy is great unto the heavens and thy truth unto the skies Be exalted over the heavens O God over all the earth be thy glory Annotations COrrupt not or Bring not to corruption or perdition This word sometime importeth corruption of faith and manners by sinne as is noted on Psal. 14. 1. sometime perdition or utter destruction the punishment of sin Ps. 78. 38. 45. Gen. 6. 13 and 9. 11. 15. it is a more vehement word than killing Ezek. 9. 6 8. This word is also in the title of the 58 59 and 75. Psalmes Michtam a golden song See Psal. 16. 1. from face or for feare of Saul See Psal. 3. 1. into the cave Saul sought David in the wildernesse of Engedi upon the rocks among the wilde goats and being there in a cave David cut off the lap of Sauls coat and would not kill him Which when Saul after perceived his heartrelented for Davids kindnesse and hee wept acknowledging his fault And taking an oath of David that hee should not destroy his seed hee ceased his persecuting for a time 1 Sam. 24. David in that distresse made this Psalme Vers. 2. evills passeth that is every evill or the whole heape of evills passeth Vers. 3. perfectly accomplisheth or performeth to wit his grace or his promise or my affaires bringing them to a full end and stay So Psal. 138. 8. A like speech the Apostle useth Phil. 1. 6. Vers. 4. He will send or usually sendeth to wit his hand as Psal. 144. 7. or his Angell as Dan. 3. 27. and so the Chaldee explaineth it or his mercy and truth as after here followeth swallow mee or breatheth after mee See Psalm 56. 2. Vers. 5. Lions called here Lebaim âeartie stout couragious Lions of Leb that is heart courage As there be sundry sorts of Lions so have they sundrie names see Psal. 7. 3. Lions are mentioned in the Scriptures for the stoutnesse of their heart 2 Sam. 17. 10. boldnesse Prov. 28. 1. and grimnesse of their countenance 1 Chron. 12. 8. Saul and his Courtiers are here Lions to David as were the Kings of Asshur and Babel after unto Israel Ier. 50. 17. the Roman Emperour to Paul 2
generation and generation we will tell thy praise Annotations OF Asaph or to him see Ps. 50. 1. thine inheritance or possession the land of Canaan invaded by the Gentiles Exod. 15. 17. 2 Sam. 20. 19. Ier. 50. 10 11. Lam. 1. 10. heapes that is ruines Mic. 1. 6. and 3. 12. Vers. 2. carkasse for carkasses as after beast for beasts and prisoner vers 11. for prisoners See Psal. 34. 8. Vers. 3. none to bury which is a thing most dishonourable Eccl. 6. 3. CoÌpare herewith Rev. 11. 2 9. Vers. 5. jealousie that is hot wrath burne as Psal. 89. 47. So Ezek. 36. 5. elsewhere it is said to smoake Deut. 29. 19. this fire is the flame of Iah Song 8. 6. Vers. 6. which call not c. a note of prophanenesse Psalm 14. 4. This sentence Ieremie useth Ier. 10. 25. Vers. 8. former iniquities iniquities of former times or persons done by us or our fathers as Psal. 25. 7. both are joyned together Lev. 26. 40. Lam. 5. 7. Former and iniquities differ in gender yet many times such are coupled the sense being regarded more than strict forme of words which the Hebrew text sometime manifesteth as tabo 2. Sam. 8. 5. for which in 1 Chron. 18. 5. is jabo lahen 2 Chron. 18. 16. lahem 1 King 22. 17. So againe in this Psalme vers 10. brought low or weakened emptied impoverished See this word Psal. 41. 2. and 116. 6. Vers. 10. knowne be to wit the vengeance let it be open and manifest The Chaldee translateth Let him be revealed among the peoples that we may see the vengeance of thy servants bloud that is shed Here againe the words differ in gender as was noted before vers 8. wherefore some turne it let him that is God be knowne by the vengeance c. Compare herewith Deut. 32. 42 43. Jer. 51. 36 37. Vers. 11. the sighing or the groaning mournfull crie So Psal. 102. 21. reserve or make to remaine that is keepe alive from destruction which if God had not done they had been as Gomorrah Isa. 1. 9. And this God promised to doe Ezek. 6. 7 8. and 12. 16. sonnes of death that is persons appointed to die or worthy of death in Chaldee delivered to death as 1 Sam. 20. 31. Deut. 25. 2. So Psal. 102. 21. and Sonne of perdition 2 Thes. 2. 3. Vers. 12. seven-fold that is fully and abundantly See Psal. 12. 7. into their bosome that is largely and that it may affect cleave unto them so Isa. 65. 7. Ier. 32. 18. See also Luk. 6. 38. PSAL. LXXX The Psalmist complaineth of the miseries of the Church 9 Gods former favours are turned into judgements 15 He prayeth for deliverance To the master of the musicke on Shoshannim Eduth a Psalme of Asaph O Thou that feâdest Israel give eare thou that leadest Ioseph as a flocke thou that sittest on the Cherubims shine bright Before Ephraim and Benjamin and Manasseh stirre up thy strength and come for salvation to us O God returne us and cause thy face to shine and wee shall be saved Iehovah God of hosts how long wilt thou smoake against the prayer of thy people Thou makest them eat the bread of teares and makest them drinke of teares a great measure Thou puttest us a strife to our neighbours and our enemies mocke among themselves O God of hosts returne us and cause thy face to shine and wee shall be saved Thou removedst a Vine out of Egypt thou drovest out the heathens and plantedst it Thou preparedst the way before it and rootedst in the roots of it and it filled the land The mountaines were covered with the shadow of it and the boughes of it were like the Cedars of God It sent out the branches thereof unto the Sea and the sucking sprigs thereof unto the river Why hast thou burst downe the hedges of it so that all which passe by the way have plucked it The boare out of the wood hath rooted it up and the store of beasts of the field have fed it up O God of hosts returne O now behold from heavens and see and visit this Vine And the stocke which thy right hand planted and the sonne whom thou madest strong for thy selfe It is burned with fire it is cut downe at the rebuke of thy face they perish Let thy hand be upon the man of thy right hand upon the sonne of Adam whom thou madest strong for thy selfe And we will not goe backe from thee quicken thou us and we will call on thy Name Iehovah God of hosts returne us cause thy face to shine and we shall be saved Annotations SHoshannim that is six-stringed instruments or Lilies see Psal. 45. 1. Eduth that is a Testimonie or Ornament An excellent testimoniall of the faith of Gods people in afflictions The Chaldee applieth it to them that sate in the Synedrion that studied in the testimonie of the Law See also Psal. 60. 1. Vers. 2. feedest Israel O God Pastor of the Israelites See Psal. 23. 1. Ioseph the posteritie of Ioseph and with them the other tribes Ioseph is named as principall the first birth-right being taken from Reuben and given to him 1 Chrâ 5. 1 2. So Psal. 77. 16 21. on the Cherubims which were upon the Arke of the Covenant in the Sanctuary from whence God gave Oracles to his people when they sought unto him Exod. 25. 22. Num. 7. 89. 1 Sam. 4. 4. 2 Sam. 6. 2. 2 Kin. 19. 15. Of these Cherubs see the Note on Psalm 18. 11. shine bright that is shew thy glorie and thr favour to us as Psal. 50. 2. and Iob 10. 3. where shining is favour This is taken from Deut. 33. 2. So after in Psal. 94. 1. Vers. 3. Ephraim Berjamin and Manasseh that is the tribes or posteritie of these three Patriarchs which were all joyned together in one quarter on the West side of Gods Tabernacle and when it removed they went next after it Num. 2. 17. 18 20 22. and 10. 21. 22 23. 24. After the captivitie of Babylon also the remnants of these tribes dwelled in Ierusalem for which they were thanked by the people 1 Chron 9. 3. Nehem. 11. 2. a salvation or full salvation and deliverance By adding a letter the signification is increased as in Psal. 3. 3. Vers. 4. returne us or restore us to wit from sorrow to joy from captivitie to libertie c. Psalm 126. 1. and 23. 3. So the Chaldce saith returne us from our captivity face to shine or to be light that is chearefull comfortable See Psal. 4. 7. and 31. 17 and 67. 2. Dan. 9. 17. and we shall or that we may be saved as Psal. 43. 4. so vers 8. and 20. Vers. 5. smake be very angry against the prayer that is not heare but shut it out as Habak 1. 2. Lam. 3. 8. So the Chaldee expoundeth it wilt thou not receive the prayer See smoake for anger Psal. 74. 1. Vers. 6. bread of teares bread steept in teares as the
sit at the threshold in the house of my God rather than to remaine in the tents of wickednesse For Iehovah God is a Sunne and a shield Iehovah will give grace and glory he will not withhold good from them that walke in perfection Iehovah of hosts O blessed is the man that trusteth in thee Annotations GIttith see Psal. 8. 1. Vers. 2. dwelling places or habitacles see the Notes on Psal. 43. 3. Vers. 3. for the courts that I may come into them for the Priests onely went into the Temple the people stood in the courtyards which were two 2 Kings 21. 5. See Psal. 65. 5. shout to wit for desire to come unto God Vers. 4. the sparrow or bird in Chaldee the dove the Hebrew tsippor is generally any bird Psal. 11. 1. Gen. 7. 14. specially the sparrow when other birds are named as here and Psal. 102. 8. for such haunt mens houses swallow or free bird called in Hebrew dror of libertie which this bird seemeth to have above others flying boldly and nestling about houses so Prov. 26. 2. The Greeke takes it here for the turtle dove which hath in Hebrew another name Psal. 74. 19. so also doth the Chaldee adding this reason because her young are lawfull to be offered on thine altar thine altars to wit are the places where the birds nestle neere unto them in houses or trees which sometime were by Gods tabernacle Ios. 24. 26. or understand as before I long for thine altars Vers. 6. the high wayes or causeyes namely which lead to thy house that is they which affect heartily long after and delight to goe up to thy house Spiritually these wayes or pathes are made by preaching of the Gospell Esa. 40. 3. and 35. 8. and 11. 16. Vers. 7. They that passing or of them that passe of Baca that is of mulberie trees which use to grow in dry places The Greeke saith vales of teares Both meane that through wants and afflictions we must come into the kingdome of God This valley was neere unto Ierusalem as may be gathered by 2 Sam. 5. 22 23. Ios. 15. 8. put him or set him that is God making him by faith a well of life unto them for he is the fountaine of living waters Ier. 2. 13. Or set it that is the valley making it a fountaine by digging wels therein And this may be an allusion to that well digged by the Princes and Captaines of Israel Num. 21. 16 18. also with blessings c. that is bountifully abundantly the raine shall cover them Raine figureth out the doctrine of the Gospell Deut. 32. 2. Isa. 45. 8. Ioel 2. 23. Revel 11. 6. the raine of blessings is a bountifull abundant raine Ezek. 34. 26. as to sow with blessings 2 Cor 9. 6. is to sow abundantly or liberally and blessing is liberalitie 2 Cor. 9. 5. Prov. 11. 25. So God would cause a bountifull raine of grace and comfort to cover them that goe up to his house in Ierusalem as elsewhere hee is said to refresh his inheritance with the raine of liberalities strowed upon it Psal. 68. 10. whereas on the contrary who so will not goe up to Ierusalem to worship the King the Lord of hosts upon them shall come no raine Zach. 14. 17. The Greeke turneth this sentence thus the Lawgiver or Teacher shall give blessings the originall Moreh being ambiguous sometime signifying a Teacher Iob 36. 22. sometime raine Ioel 2. 23. Isa. 30. 20. so that from the Hebrew it may also be interpreted with blessings the teacher shall cover them the meaning much like the former the Teacher being God or Christ in whom we are blessed with all spirituall blessings in heavenly things Eph. 1. 3. The Chaldee expounds it with blessings hee will cover them that continue in the doctrine of his Law Some understand bracoth blessings to be here as brecoth pools digged and filled with raine Both meane one thing Vers. 8. from power to power that is increasing their power or strength daily more and more as the Apostle saith wee are changed into Gods image from glory to glory 2 Cor. 3. 18. and Gods justice is revealed from faith to faith Rom. 1. 17. our faith and glory increasing more and more Prov. 4. 18. Or from army to army from troupe to troupe respecting the troupes of Israel which went all the males thrice every yeare to appeare before the Lord Exod. 23. 14 17. The Hebrew Chajil power is used sometime for an army of men Psal. 33. 16. and sometime for riches Psal. 49. 7. which also may be implied here he shall appeare or till he that is every one of them appeares according to the law Exod. 34. 23. Zach. 14. 16. Vers. 10. of thine anointed or Messiah our Lord Christ in whom God respecteth us or David his figure and father in the flesh called also Gods anointed 2 Sam. 23. 1. Vers. 11. than a thousand to wit in any other place sit at the threshold that is be in the lowest roome and basest estate as the Greeke saith be cast downe or an abject And by Gods house may be meant his tabernacle as Luk. 11. 51. with Mat. 23. 35. to remaine or abide my whole life long Vers. 12. is a Sun or will be a Sun that is a light Isa. 60. 19. Rev. 21. 23. understanding hereby all blessings and comforts by Christ the Sunne of righteousnesse Mal. 4. 2. PSAL. LXXXV The Psalmist out of the experience of former mercies prayeth for the continuance thereof 9 He promiseth to wait thereon out of confidence of Gods goodnesse To the master of the musicke a Psalme to the sonnes of Korach THou hast beene favourable to thy land O Iehovah thou hast returned the captivity of Iakob Thou hast forgiven the iniquity of thy people thou hast covered all their sin Selah Thou hast gathered away all thine exceeding anger thou hast turned from the fervencie of thine anger Turne thou us O God of our salvation and cause thine indignation against us to cease Wilt thou be angry with us for ever wilt thou draw out thine anger to generation and generation Wilt not thou turne and revive us that thy people may rejoyce in thee Shew us Iehovah thy mercy and give as thy salvation I will heare what God Iehovah will speake for hee will speake peace unto his people and unto his gracious Saints and let them not returne to unconstant folly Surely his salvation is neere to them that feare him that glory may dwell in our land Mercy and truth are met justice and peace have kissed Faithfulnesse springeth out of the earth and justice looketh downe from heaven Also Iehovah will give the good and our land shall give her fruit Iustice shall goe before his face and he will put her footsteps in the way Annotations TO the sonnes or of them See Psal. 42. 1. Vers. 2. hast been favourable to or hast favourably accepted beene well pleased to wit in times past This also respecteth the promise Levit.
theÌ I am shut up cannot get out Mine eye languisheth through mine affliction I call on thee Iehovah all the day I spread out my hands unto thee Wilt thou doe a miraculous worke to the dead or shall the deceased rise up shall they confesse thee Selah Shall thy mercy be told in the grave thy faithfulnesse in perdition Shall thy miraculous worke be knowne in the darknesse and thy justice in the land of oblivion But I unto thee Iehovah doe I cry out and in the morning my prayer shall prevent thee Wherefore Iehovah dost thou reject my soule doest thou hide thy face from me Iam poore afflicted and breathing out the ghost from my youth I beare thine affrightings I am doubtfully troubled Thy wraths passe over me thy terrours doe dismay me They compasse me about as waters all the day they are gone about against me together Thou hast put far away from me lover fellow friend my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse Annotations MAchalath a kind of wind instrument or by interpretatioÌ infirmitie see Ps. 53. 1. leannoth or to sing by turnes which is when one part answereth another in singing it may also be interpreted to afflict or humble This Psalme is the most dolefull of all the Bible full of complaints even to the end Heman the Aezrachite so the next Psalme is intituled of Aethan the Ezrachite there were two of this name Heman and Aethan sonnes of Zerach the sonne of Iudah the Patriarch ãâã Chron. 2. 4 6. men renowned for their wisedome 1. King 4. 31. also Heman and Aethan singers and musicians of the posteritie of Levithe Patriarch 1 Chr. 15. 17 19. and 16. 42. Heman being son of Ioel the son Samuel the Prophet 1 Sam. 6. 33. himselfe being also a Seer or Prophet in King Davids daies 1 Chron. 25. 5. And of the kingdome promised to David doth Aethan intreat Psal. 89. 4. c. Christs afflictions and kingdome are in these Psalmes fore-told he was the true David Hos. 3. 5. Vers. 4. draweth neere or toucheth hell or the grave So to touch or come neere to the gates of death Psal. 107. 18. Vers. 5. a man Hebr. geber that is a strong man but without abilitie or power to helpe my selfe as the Greeke saith helplesse Vers. 6 free that is acquitted or discharged from the troubles and affaires of this life for in death the prisoners rest together and the servant is free from his master Iob. 3. 18. 19. or free that is sequestred apart from others as King Azariah being leprous dwelt in an house of freedome that is alone apart from other men 2 King 15. 5. from thine hand that is from thy care helpe guidance c. as King Azariah before said was cut off from the house of the Lord 2 Chr. 26. 21. or by thine hand and so understand from the land of the living as Isa. 53. 8. Vers. 7. pit of the lowest places the nether most pit as the Greeke saith w ch the Chaldee paraphraseth thus in captivitie which is like to the nether pit darknesses or darke places so Psal. 143. 3. deepe places or gulses see Psal. 69. 3. Vers. 8. stayeth or is imposed and lieth hard billowes breaking waves of the sea see Psal. 42. 8. Vers. 9. set me abominations that is made me most abominable or loathsome to every of them can not get out so Lam. 3. 7. Iob 19. 8. Of this phrase see the Note on Psal. 77. 5. Vers. 10. languisheth or pineth away the Chaldee saith droppeth teares Compare herewith Lev. 25. 16. Vers. 11. the deceased Hebr. Rephaim dead men are so called as being incurable or unrecoverable to life so Isa. 14. 9 and 26. 14 19. Prov. 2. 18. and 9. 18. and 21. 16. See also Psal. 6. 6. The Chaldee expoundeth shall the bodies which are delivered to the dust rise up Vers. 12. perdition Hebr. Abaddon the grave where bodies perish and seeme to be lost So Iob 28. 22. and 26. 6. Vers. 13. darknesse that is the place and state of the dead called the land of darknesse and shadow of death Iob 10. 21 22. So Eccles. 6. 4. Note here the sundry titles given to the state of death land of oblivion where dead men are as is before noted which also are forgotten out of minde Psal. 31. 13. Eccles. 8. 10. and 9. 5. Vers. 16. breathing out the ghost that is ready to dye expiring through continuall miseries The Greeke saith in labours from my youth from the youth or for the shaking off that is the affliction am doubtfully troubled or distracted for feare lest evils should befall me Vers. 17. dismay suppresse or cut me off The Hebrew word is larger than usuall to increase the signification The Greeke turneth it trouble Vers. 19. my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse that is withdraw and hide them from my sight and as Iob complaineth are strangers unto me See Iob 19. 13 14. Or as the Greeke referreth it to the former and my knowne friends to wit thou hast put farre from calamitie or for the calamitie that is upon me Or as the Chaldee paraphraseth and to my knowne friends darke I am in their sight PSAL. LXXXIX The Psalmist praiseth God for his covenant 6 for his wonderfull power 16 for the care of his Church 20 and for his favour to the kingdome of David 39 He complaineth of contrary events 47 expostulateth prayeth and blesseth God An instructing Psalme of Aethan the Aezrachite I Will sing the mercies of Iehovah for ever to generation and generation will I make knowne thy faithfulnesse with my mouth For I said mercie shall be built up for ever the heavens thou wilt stablish thy faithfulnesse in them I have stricken a covenant with my chosen I have sworne to David my servant I will stablish thy seed unto eternitie to generation and generation will I build up thy throne Selah And the heavens shall confesse thy marvellous worke Iehovah also thy faithfulnesse in the Church of the Saints For who in the skie may be compared to Iehovah may be likened to Iehovah among the sons of the mighties God is daunting terrible in the secret of the Saints very much fearefull over all round about him Iehovah God of hosts who is like thee mighty Iah and thy faithfulnesse is round about thee Thou rulest over the swelling of the sea when the waves there of rise high thou stillest them Thou hast beaten down Rahab as a wounded man thou hast scattered thine enemies with the arme of thy strength Thine are the heavens thine also is the earth the world and plenty therof thou hast founded theÌ The North and the right side thou createdst them Tabor and Hermon in thy name they shall shout Thou hast an arme with might strong is thy hand exalted is thy right hand Iustice and judgement are the prepared place of thy throne mercie and truth goe before thy face O blessed are the people that know the shouting sound Iehovah in the light of
thy face they shall walke on In thy name they shall be glad all the day and in thy justice shall they be exalted For thou art the glory of their strength and in thy favourable acceptation our horne shal be exalted For of Iehovah is our shield and of the holy one of Israel our King Then spakest thou in a vision to thy gracious Saint and saidst I have put helpe upon a mightie one I have exalted one chosen out of the people I have found David my servant with oile of mine holinesse have I anointed him With whom mine hand shall be established also mine arme shall strengthen him The enemie shall not exact upon him the son of injurious evill shall not afflict him And his distressers I will beat down from his face and them that hate him I will plague And my faithfulnes my mercy shall be with him in my name shall his horn be exalted And I wil set his hand in the sea his right hand in the rivers He shal call on me my father thou my God and Rocke of my salvation I also will give him to be the first borne high above the kings of the earth For ever will I keepe for him my mercie and my covenant shall be faithfull to him And his seed I will put to perpetuitie and his throne as the dayes of heavens If his sonnes shall leave my law and shall not walke in my judgements If they shall profane my statutes and not keepe my commandements Then will I visit their trespasse with the rod their iniquitie with stripes But my mercie I will not make frustrate from with him nor deale falsely against my faithfulnesse I will not profane my covenant and that which is goâe out of my lips I will not change Once I have sworne by my holinesse if I lie unto David His seed shall be for ever and his throne as the Sunne before me As the Moone it shall be stablished for ever and a witnesse in the skie faithfull Selah But thou hast cast off and refused hast bin exceeding wroth with thine Anointed Hast abolished the covenant of thy servant hast prophaned his crowne to the earth Hast burst downe all his hedges hast put his fortresses a ruine All that passe by the way rob him hee is a reproach to his neighbours Thou hast exalted the right hand of his distressers hast rejoyced all his enemies Also thou hast turned the edge of his sword and hast not made him to stand in the battell Thou hast made his brightnesse to cease and his throne thou hast cast downe to the earth Thou hast shortened the dayes of his youth hast enwrapped him with shame Selah How long Iehovah wilt thou hide thy selfe to perpetuitie shall thy hot wrath burne like the fire Remember how transitorie I am unto what vanitie thou hast created all the sonnes of Adam What strong man shall live and not see death shall deliver his soule from the hand of hell Selah Where be those thy former mercies Lord thou swarest to David by thy faithfulnesse Remember Lord the reproach of thy servants that I beare in my bosome of all great peoples Wherewith thine enemies Iehovah doe reproach wherewith they doe reproach the footsteps of thine Anointed Blessed be Iehovah for ever Amen and Amen Annotations OF Aethan see the Note on Psal. 88. 1. V. 3. I said to wit by thy spirit therefore the Greeke changeth the person and translateth thou Lord saidest built up that is conserved propagated increased continually in them or with them that so long as the heavens endure thy faithfulnesse shall continue as vers 30. 37 38. Ps. 72. 5. and 119. 89. or by heavens may spiritually be meant the Church called often heaven and the kingdome of heaven Esa. 66. 22. Revel 4. 1 2. and 12. 1. and 15. 1. Math. 3. 2. and 13. 24 31. and the planting of the Church is called the planting of the heavens Esa. 51. 16. Vers. 4. my chosen mine elect people Therefore the Greeke changeth the number my chosen ones but the Chaldee translateth with Abraham my chosen David the figure and father of Christ according to the flesh who also is called David Ezek. 34. 23. Ier. 30. 9. Hos. 3. 5. of him is this and other Psalmes chiefly to be understood Act. 2. 30. and 13. 36 c. Vers. 5. thy seed Christ and Christians the children of Christ the Sonne of David Heb. 2. 13. Rev. 22. 16. thy throne the kingdome of Christ unto whom God gave the throne of his father David to reigne over the house of Iakob for ever Luke 1. 32 33. 69. Ierusalem is this throne Ier. 3. 17. which is continually builded of God Psal. 147. 2. Vers. 6. the heavens the heavenly creatures Angels and godly men Luk. 2. 13 14. Phil. 3. 20. Rev. 7. 9 10 11 12. So the Chaldee expoundeth it the Angels of heaven See also Ps. 50. 6. in the church or in the congregation to wit shall be confessed or celebrated Vers. 7. sonnes of the mighties or of the Gods that is Princes of the world See Psal. 29. 1. and 82. 1. 6. The Greeke saith sonnes of God whereby also Angels may be meant as Iob 1. 6. and so the Chaldee here paraphraseth Vers. 8. daunting terrible in Greeke glorified See Psa. 10. 18. the secret or mystery or as the Greeke turneth it councell meaning the Church or Congregation where the secrets or mysteries of Gods kingdome are manifested Mat. 13. 11. Rom. 16. 25. 1 Cor. 4. 1. Eph. 3. 4. This word is sundry times used for a Councell or Congregation Ps. 111. 1. Ezek. 13. 9. Ier. 6. 11. and 15. 17. or it may here be understood of the company of Angels as 1 King 22. 19. very much to wit terrible or referring it to the latter in the great secret councell over all or above all see Psal. 76. 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth above all the Angels which stand round about him Vers. 11. Rahab in Greeke the proud hereby may be meant the Egyptians as Psal. 87. 4. and so the Chaldee expounds it of Pharaoh the wicked or the proud sea as Iob 26. 12. both were subdued when Israel came out of Egypt Exod. 14. and 15. See Isa. 51. 9. The raging sea and swelling waters doe also signifie wicked enemies of God and his people Esai 57. 20. Iude 13. Psal. 124. 4 5. thine or to thee the earth to wit belongeth See Psal. 24. 1 2. Vers. 13. The North w ch God hath stretched out over the empty place Iob 26. 7. the right side that is the South as the Chaldee Paraphrast explaineth so called because a man standing with his face to the East as they were wont when they prayed the South is on his right hand So the East is called Kedem before and the West achor that is behinde Ioh. 23. 8. Esai 9. 12. It seemeth that this turned to superstition and idolatry that men prayed towards the East therefore God so ordered
Mine eyes shall be on the faithfull of the land for to sit with me hee that walketh in the perfect way hee shall minister to me He shall not sit within my house that doth deceit hee that speaketh lies shall not be established before mine eies In the mornings I will suppresse all the wicked of the land for to cut off from the Citie of Iehovah all the workers of iniquity Annotations MErcy and judgement This may be meant of Davids owne administration howbeit the Chaldee understandeth it of Gods saying If thou dealest mercifully with me if thou dost judgement with me for all I will sing praise Vers. 3. doe wisely behave my seife prudently as David is said to doe 1 Sam. 18. 14. when wilt thou come namely to assist me in the performance hereof or when thou shalt come namely to call me unto an account of my life c. Vers. 3. of Belial that is mischievous or wicked word or thing See Psal. 41. 9. Vers. 4. know or acknowledge that is regard or approve so Psal. 1. 6. Vers. 5. hurteth with tongue that traduceth or as the Hebrew phrase is betongueth Hereupon a man of tongue is for a pratler or calumniator Psa. ãâã ãâã 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth He that speaketh with a third or threefold tongue against has neighbour meaning a back-biter or calumniator which is said of the Hebrew Doctors to have a three sold tongue because hee hurteth three therewhich both himselfe by his sinne and his neighbour whom he backbiâeth and the receiver of his tale whom he corrupteth Hereupon is that saying of Ben Syrach A third tongue hath disguieted many Eeclus 28. 14. and a third tongue hath cast out vertuous women Ecclus. 28 15. meaning the back biter or tale-bearer See the Annotations on Levit. 19. 16. large or wide broad of heart meaning proud as Prov. 21. 4. So large of soule Prov. 28. 25. is proud in minde I cannot here the word heare or suffer is to be understood as is expressed Prov. 30 21. So Ioh. 31. 23. and in Greeke 1 Cor. 3. 2. Vers. 8. In the mornings that is every morning or early see Psal. 73. 14. PSAL. CII The Prophet in his prayer complaineth of his miseries 13 He taketh comfort in the eternity and mercy of God 19 The record hereof is for posterity 24 He sustaineth his weaknesse by the unchangeablenesse of Christ. A praier for the poore afflicted when he shall be overwhelmed and shall powre forth his meditation before Iehovah IEhovah heare my praier and let my cry come unto thee Hide not thy face from me in the day of distresse upon me incline thine eare unto me in the day I cal make hasle answer me For my daies are consumed as smoke and my bones are burnt as an hearth Mine heart is smitten as grasse and withered that I forget to eat my bread For the voice of groning my bone cleaveth to my flesh I am like to a Pelican of the wildernesse I am as an Owle of the desarts I watch and am as a Sparrow solitary upon the house roofe All the day mine enemies doe reproach mee they that rage against me have sworne against me For I eat ashes as bread and mingle my drinkes with weeping Because of thine angry threat and thy fervent wrath for thou hast heaved me up and cast me downe My daies are as a shadow declined and I am withered as grasse And thou Iehovah sittest for ever and thy memoriall to generation and generation Thou wilt arise wilt have tender meroy upon Sion for the time to be gracious unto it for the appointed time is come For thy servants delight in the stones thereof and doe pitty the dust thereof And the heathens shall feare the name of Iehovah and all the Kings of the earth thy glory When Iehovah shall build up Sion shall appeare in his glory Shall turne unto the praier of the lowly and not despise their praier This shall be written for the generation after and the people created shall praise Iah For he hath looked downe from the height of his holinesse Iehovah from the heavens did behold the earth To heare the groaning of the prisoner to loose the sonnes of death To tell in Sion the name of Iehovah and his praise in Ierusalem When the peoples shall be gathered together the kingdomes to serve Iehovah Hee hath afflicted my strength in the way hee hath shortened my daies I said O my God take me not away in the midst of my days thy yeers are through generation of generations Afore time thou hast founded the earth and the heavens are the worke of thine hands They shall perish but thou shalt stand and they all shall wex old as a garment as a vesture shalt thou change them and they shall be changed But thou art the same and thy yeeres shall not be ended The sonnes of thy servants shall dwell and their seed shal be established before thee Annotations FOr the poore agreeing to his estate or of the poore overwhelmed with feares cares sorrowes c. see Psal. 61. 3. Vers. 4. as smoke or with the smoke vanishing in the aire so Psal. 37. 20. The Hebrew letters a ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã beth with and b ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã caph as are one like another sometime put one for another as 2 Sam. 5. 24. with 1 Chron. 14. 15. an hearth the place whereon fire burneth Compare Iob 30. 30. Vers. 5. as grasse or as the herbs smitten with blasting Amos 4. 9. to eat my bread The Chaldee applieth this to the bread of the soule the Law of God Vers. 6. to my flesh that is my skin as Iob 19. 20. so elsewhere skin is put for flesh Iob 18. 13. See also Lam. 4. 8. V. 7. a Pelican a bird living in wilde desolate places Zeph. 2. 14. Esa. 34. 11. It seemeth to have the name in Hebrew of vomiting and to be that fowle which we call the shovelard which swalloweth shell-fishes and after vomiteth them to get the fish It was a bird uncleane by the law Levit. 11. 18. Some thinke it to be the bittour which maketh a loud and dolefull noise Compare Iob 30. 29. Vers. 9. rage against me or vaunt against or would make a foole of mee the Greeke saith that praise me meaning fainedly The word signifieth to lift up with praise and glory and also ingloriously to vaunt rage or be mad see Psal. 5. 6. and 75. 5. The word against is here to be understood as in Prov. 8. 35. he that sinneth against me An example of such raging madnesse see against Christ Luke 6. 11. Vers. 12. declined or stretched out as the shadow of the Sunne when it is neere downe which though it seeme longer yet soone passeth away So Psal. 109. 23. and 144. 4. Vers. 13. sittest that is continuest as the Greeke explaineth it for sitting and standing as after in vers 27. are often used for sure and setled abiding The Chaldee addeth
sittest for ever in heaven thy memoriall or remembrance of thee so Psa. 135. 13. from Exod. 3. 15. Vers. 14. the appointed time promised for restauration of the Church as Dan. 9. 2. 24 25. c. Ier. 29. 10. Vers. 15. delight or doe favour the stones though ruinous as Nehem. 2. 13 c. and 4. 2. Zach. 1. 12. Vers. 18. the lowly so the Greeke here turneth it which elsewhere we call heath that groweth in the wildernesse Ier. 17. 6. and 48. 6. by the name in Hebrew it seemeth to be some naked shrub and so a fit resemblance of Gods afflicted people made low naked and desolate by their enemies Or we may turne it the broken downe or ruined from Ier. 51. 58. Vers. 19. This shall be or Let this be written to wit for remembrance to ages after as Exâ 17. 14. Deut. 31. 19. 21. This sheweth these to be prophesses for our times created that is restored and made a new as Ps. 104. 30. Esa. 65. 18. created in Christ Iesus unto good workes Eph. 2. 10. So a people borne Psal. 22. 32. Vers. 20. the height of his holinesse that is his holy high place or his high sanctuary meaning heaven This is taken from Deut. 26. 15. Vers. 21. groaning or mournfull cry so Psal. 79. 11. sonnes of death appointed to die as Psal. 79. 11. Vers. 24. in the way in the course of my life see Psal. 2. 12. He respecteth the affliction of Israel in the way that God led them thorow the wildernesse Deut. 8. 2 3. Vers. 25. take me not away or make me not ascend see Iohn 12. 32. The Chaldee addeth take mee not away out of this world bring mee unto the world that is to come Vers. 26. Afore-time that is At the beginning as Heb. 1. 10. where these things spoken to God are applied to Christ to prove his god head Vers. 27. shalt stand that is endure or continue as the Greeke expresseth it Heb. 1. 11. change them by folding them up as the Greeke explaineth Heb. 1. 12. for the heavens when they are changed shall be folden like a booke Esa. 34. 4. V. 28. art the same or art he that is unchangeable Mal. 3. 6. Iam. 1. 17. Vers. 29. shall dwell to wit in Sion vers 14. 22. as is also expressed Psal. 69. 36 37. before thee that is so long as thou dost dure meaning for ever as the Greeke well explaineth it So before the Moone and Sunne Psal. 72. 5. 17. is so long as the Moone and Sunne endure PSAL. CIII David stirreth up his soule to blesse God for his mercies 6 He remembreth Gods former actions to his people 8 His pitie 9 Patience 10 Clemency 15 Mans frailty 17 Gods constancy in his graces for which all are to blesse him A Psalme of David MY soule blesse thou Iehovah and all my inward parts the Name of his Holinesse My soule blesse thou Iehovah forget not all his rewards That mercifully pardoneth all thine iniquities that healeth all thy sicknesses That redeemeth thy life from the pit of corruption that crowneth thee with mercy and tender pitties That satiateth thy mouth with good things thy youth is renewed as an Eagles Iehovah doth justices and iudgements to all oppressed He made knowne his waies to Moses his actions to the sonnes of Israel Iehovan is pittifull and gracious long suffering and much of mercy Hee will not contend to continuall aye neither keepe his anger for ever He hath not done to us according to our sinnes nor rewarded us according to our iniquities But as is the height of the heavens above the earth so strong is his mercy over them that feare him As farre remote as the East is from the West so farre hath he removed our trespasses from us As a father hath pitty on his sonnes Iehovah hath pitty on them that feare him For he knoweth our forming remembring that we are dust Sorry man his daies are as grasse as a flower of the field so flourisheth he For a wind passeth over it and it is not and the place thereof shall not know it any more But the mercy of Iehovah endureth from eternity and unto eternity upon them that feare him and his justice to the childrens children To them that keepe his covenant and that remember his precepts for to doe them Iehovah hath firmely prepared his throne in the Heavens and his Kingdome ruleth over all Blesse Iehovah ye his Angels mighty of strength doing his Word hearkning to the voice of his Word Blesse Iehovah all ye his hosts his ministers doing his pleasure Blesse Iehovah all ye his workes in all places of his domination my soule blesse thou Iehovah Annotations ALl his rewards that is any of his benefits All is often used for any Psal. 147. 20. 1 King 10. 20. and rewards for benefits see Psal. 13. 6. Vers. 3. sicknesses all diseases griefes and punishments in soule or body and spiritually sinnes are meant by the word sicknesses Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 28. 59 61. Esa. 33. 24. See also Psal. 41. 5. and 147. 3. Vers. 4. pit of corruption death and the grave the Chaldee saith from Gehenna or Hell whither men hasten by their sinnes till God by chastisement bringeth them to repentance and then spareth them See this at large handled Iob 33. 19 23 24 27 28 30. Vers. 5. good things Hebr. the good thing see the Notes on Psal. 65. 5. is renewed or thou renewest thy selfe as an Eagle as thy youth thy flesh being fresher than in childhood thou returning to the dayes of thy youth as is said Iob 33. 25. This change is by the renewing of the minde Rom. 12. 2. wrought by the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. The Chaldee applieth it to renuing in the world to come as an eagles which casteth her feathers yeerely and new grow up whereby she seemeth fresh and young flyeth high and liveth long Compare Esa. 40. 31. Vers. 6. justices that is all manner justice and that which is chiefest Things are often spoken of plurally for their excellency So wisdomes Pro. 9. 1. Vers. 7. his waies wherein men ought to walk as Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4 5. or wherein him-selfe walketh his administration his workes as Psal. 77. 20. Iob 40. 14. This latter seemeth most meant here by comparing it with Exod. 33. 13. and 34. 6 7. Vers. 8. long suffering or slow to anger see Psal. 86. 15. Vers. 9. contend or chide compare Esa. â7 16. keepe understand his anger as both Greeke and Chaldee do explaine it sometime the Hebrew it selfe manifesteth the defect as he set 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is he set garrisons 2 Sam. 8. 6. This phrase is taken from the Law Lev. 19. 18. So Ier. 3. 5. Nahum 1. 2. See also Psal. 109. 21. Vers. 13. Iehovah hath pitty the Chaldee expounds it the Word of the Lord hath pitty So in verse 19. for Iehovah is the Word of the Lord. Vers. 14. our forming that is our formed nature and
Praise ye Iah see Psalm 135. 1. Vers. 2. in my life so long as I live so Psalm 104. 33. Vers. 4. his spirit mans ghost so the soule is said to goe forth Gen. 35. 18. to his earth whereof he was made earth is in Hebrew Adamah hereof man was called Adam Earthly compare Gen. 2. 7. and 3. 19. Ps. 104. 29. his thoughts or purposes the most excellent effects of the minde or spirit of man Vers. 7. the bound or prisoners but here it may be meant more largely for sicknesses also are Satans bonds which our Lord Christ loosed Luke 13. 16. See also Isa. 61. 1. Vers. 8. openeth the eyes or giveth sight to compare Mat. 9. 29 30. Ioh. 9. 6 7 32. uprightneth or maketh strait as Psal. 145. 14. see this fulfilled Luke 13. 13. Vers. 9. setteh upright maketh to continue sure so Psal. 20. 9. and 147. 6. Compare Deut. 10. 18. and 27. 19. Ezod 22. 22 23 24. Psal. 68. 6. overthroweth or turneth up-side downe so Iob 19. 6. see also Psal. 1. 6. PSAL. CXLVII The Prophet exhorteth to praise God for his care of the Church wisedome power mercy and providence unto all 12 To praise him for his blessings upon the kingdome 15 for his works in nature 19 and for his gracious word and ordinances given to his people PRaise yee Iah for it is good to sing Psalmes to our God for it is pleasant praise is comely Iehovah buildeth Ierusalem gathereth together the outcasts of Israel He healeth the broken in heart and bindeth up their griefes Counteth the number of the starres calleth them all by names Great is our Lord and much in able might of his understanding there is no number Iehovah setteth upright the meeke debaseth the wicked unto the earth Sing yee to Iehovah with confession sing Psalmes to our God with the harpe That covereth the heavens with clouds that prepareth raine for the earth that maketh the mountaines to bud forth grasse That giveth to the beast his food to the young ravens which crie Hee delighteth not in the strength of the horse he taketh not pleasure in the legs of man Iehovah taketh pleasure in them that feare him that patiently hope for his mercie Laud Iehovah O Ierusalem praise thy God O Sion For he strengtheneth the barres of thy gates he blesseth thy sonnes within thee He putteth in thy border peace he satisfieth thee with the fat of wheat He sendeth his edict upon earth his word runneth very swiftly He giveth snow like wooll the hoare frost he scattereth abroad like ashes He casteth forth his ice like morsels who can stand before his cold He sendeth his word and melteth them he causeth his wind to blow the waters flow He sheweth his words unto Iakob his statutes and his judgements unto Israel Hee hath not dealt so with any Nation and judgements they have not knowne them Halelu-jah Annotations OVtcasts or driven out in Greeke the dispersions that is the diââersed which word the Apostle useth 1 Pet. 1. 1. Iam. 1. 1. Compare Deut. 30. 4. Isa. 11. 12. and 56. 8. Ioh. 11. 52. Vers. 3. bindeth up their griefes that is healeth their wounds as Luke 4. 18. with Isa. 61. 1. Compare also Ezek 34. 16. Vers. 4. Counteth or Telleth numbreth which to man is impossible see Gen. 15. 5. Ier. 33. 22. Isa. 40. 26. Vers. 5. no number nor searching out Isa. 40. 28. Vers. 6. setteth upright conserveth to continue yet see Psal. 146. 9. Vers. 7. Sing or Answer that is Sing by turnes one after another as Exod. 15. 21. Vers. 8. with clouds as in Elias time 1 King 18. 45. the mountaines and desarts where no man is as Iob 38. 26 27. Psal. 104. 14. Vers. 9. food Hebr. bread that is the beasts their food as the Greeke hath it young ravens Hebr. sons that is younglings of the ravens So in Iob 39. 3. who prepareth for the raven his meat when his young ones call unto God wandring for lacke of meat Vers. 13. strengtheneth or hath made strong a signe of Gods favour and Sions safetie see the contrary Lam. 2 9. Ier. 51. 30. Amos 1. 5. Psal. 107. 16. Isa. 45. 2. These graces are to be referred unto the Church under the Gospel called the heavenly Ierusalem Rev. 21. 2. and which is above Gal. 4. 26. So the Hebrew Doctors say It is written Land the Lord O Ierusalem and the Scripture speaketh of the Ierusalem that is above R. Menache on Gen. 3. Vers. 14. putteth in or putteth thy border c. that is maketh peace in thy borders Compare Isa. 60. 17 18. Ier. 12. 12. and 15. 13. and 17. 3. fat that is fine flower so Psal. 81. 17. Vers. 15. his edict or saying that is commandement Vers. 17. ice or frost the frozen haile stones can stand that is endure it so Pro. 27. 4. Nah. 1. 6. V. 19. his words the ten commandements or morall law Exo. 20. 1 called the ten words Deut. 10. 4. statutes decrees constitutions of Gods worship see the note on Psal. 2. 7. judgements the judiciall lawes for punishing offenders Exod. 21. 1. Psal. 19. 10. Vers. 20. any or every but in Hebrew all is often used for any see Psal. 103. 2. and 143. 2. judgements the Greeke saith his judgements he hath not manifested to them which sense the Hebrew also may beare he hath not made knowne to them as the Chaldee also interpreteth it PSAL. CXLVIII The Psalmist exhorteth all the heavenly 7. the earthly 11. and the reasonable creatures to praise God Halelu-jah PRaise yee Iehovah from the heavens praise yee him in the high places Praise ye him all his Angels praise yee him all his hosts Praise yee him Sunne and Moone praise ye him all starres of light Praise yee him heavens of heavens and the waters that be above the heavens Let them praise the name of Iehovah for he commanded and they were created And hee stablished them for aye for ever a statute hee gave and it shall not passe Praise ye Iehovah from the earth Dragons and all deepes Fire and haile snow and vapour stormie wind doing his word Mountaines and all hils fruitfull tree and all cedars The wilde beast and all cattell creeping thing and fethered fowle Kings of the earth and all peoples Princes and all Iudges of the earth Young men and also maidens old men with children Let them praise the name of Iehovah for high advanced is his Name even his alone his glorious Majestie is above earth and heavens And hee hath exalted the horne of his people the praise of all his gracious Saints the sonnes of Israel a people neare him Halelu-jah Annotations FRom the heavens ye heavenly creatures as the Chaldee yee holy creatures of heaven so after from the earth vers 7. is earthly creatures Compare Rev. 5. 13. in the high places which the Chaldee expoundeth high Angels Vers. 3. starres of light bright shining starres which praised God together Iob 38. 7. Vers. 4. above the
onely are to be seene the Sun hath looked downe Hereby afflictions and persecutions are meant as that in the Parable When the Sunne was up they were scorched is expounded when tribulation or persecution ariseth because of the word they are offended Matth. 13. 6. 21. So âhe signifieth that this her black hue was not her proper colour who is faire in Christ her beloved Song 1. 8. 15. but by accident God from heaven thus chastising her sinnes and exercising her faith and patience Lam. 1. 6. 13. 14. c. the sonnes of my mother that is either the children of the Church false brethren false Prophets and deceivers or inordinate lusts and sinnes which dwelt in her and were conceived with her in the wombe for with both these is the Spouse of Christ afflicted Of the first David complaineth I am become a stranger unto my brethren and an aliant unto my mothers sonnes Psalm 69. 9. And the Apostle saith Of your owne selves shall men arise speaking perverse things to draw away disciples after them Acts 20. 30. Such are called by the name of Israel and are come forth out of the waters of Iudah which swear by the name of the Lord and make mention of the God of Israel but not in truth nor in righteousnesse for they call themselves of the holy City c. Esay 48. 1. 2. Such might bee called the children of her mother though not of her father false brethren among whom the Saints are often in perill Gal. 2. 4. 2 Cor. 11. 26. who pretending faith and godlinesse doe dangerously oppose the same as the true Church Prophets Christ himselfe and his Disciples have found in all ages Of the second the Apostles tell us of lusts that war in our members Iames 4. 1. of fleshly lusts which warre against the soule 1 Per. 2. 11. and these may be called our mothers children because in sinne and in iniquity we have beene conceived and brought forth Psalme 51. 7. which sinne reviveth in us when the commandement of God commeth deceiveth us and slayeth us and under it wee are sold so that the good which we would that doe we not but the evill which we would not that doe we Rom. 7. 9. 11. 14. 19. angry with me or incensed against me or inflamed in me to weet with wrath to resist fight and war in mee and against me as the Greeke version saith fought in me or against me So this phrase is used in Esay 41. 11 All they that were incensed against thee shall be ashamed c. and in Esay 45. 24. all that are incensed against the Lord shall bee ashamed which being spoken there of outward enemies may also be applyed to our inward lusts as in Iam. 4. 1. 1 Pet. 2. 11. they made me or set put assigned mee the keeper of the vineyards where the Sun hath burnt me as in Matth. 20. 1. 12. they that laboured in the vineyard doe complain how they have borne the burden and heat of the day So in the captivity of Babylon the poore of the land of Israel were left to be Vine dressers and Husbandmen 2 King 25. 12. And spiritually it is said unto the Church the sons of the alient shall be your plowmen and your vine dressers Esay 61. 5. and the Kingdome of God committed into the hands of the Iewes is likened to a Uineyard let out unto Husbandmen Matt. 21. 33. 43. and in Song 8. 11. Solomon let out the vineyard unto keepers But here the vineyards opposed to her owne vineyard seeme to meane false Churches and in them the corruption of religion whereunto her mothers sonnes sought to draw her setting her to observe the ordinances and traditions of men or otherwise to undergoe their cruelty and wrath Thus the Pharisees made the word of God of none effect through their tradition which they had delivered Marke 7. 13. and bound heavy burdens and grievous to be borne and laid them on mens shoulders Matth. 23. 4. and so did false teachers in the Christian Churches Acts 15. 1. 10. Gal. 6. 12. 13. Coloss. 2. 20. 23. my vineyard which is mine or which appertaineth to me the keeping whereof is committed to me of God This phrase is againe used is Son 8. 12. my vineyard which is mine is before me Spiritually the Vineyard is the Church as in Esay 5. 7. the vineyard of the Lord of hosts is the house of Israel and the men of Iudah his pleasant plant the keeping of or labouring in this vineyard is the performing of the charge and duty which God hath laid upon every one therein that so they may yeeld unto him the fruits of his owne graces Mat. 21. 33. 34. Esay 5. 2. 7. I have not kept either through her owne infirmity or negligence or others tyranny or both For as the Apostle complaineth that he did not what he would but what he hated and found not how to performe that which is good Rom. 7. 15. 18. so of the sloathfull man Solomon sheweth how he went by the vineyard of the man void of understanding and loe it was all growne over with thornes nettles had covered the face thereof c. Prov. 24. 30. 31. And by outward violence and persecution the Church may be scattred abroad Acts 8. 1. and when Iudah was captived the solemn feasts and sabbaths were forgotten in Zion c. Lam. 2. 6. c. And oftentimes for the sinnes of his people God sendeth persecution and afflictions upon them Esay 5. 2. 5. 6. Lam. 1. 14. 18. 22. The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this verse thus The Congregation of Israel sayd before the peoples Despise me not because I am blacker then you because I have done worke like yours and have worshipped the Sunne and Moon for false Prophets they have been the cause that the fierce wrath of the Lord hath come downe upon me and they learned me to serve your idols and to walke in your statutes but the Lord of the world who is my God him have I not served nor walked in his statutes neither have I kept his precepts and his Law Vers. 7. Tell me or Shew declare unto me A third request which the Church maketh unto Christ for instruction in the administration of his Kingdome here on earth that as hee had formerly made her partaker of his heavenly calling so he would direct her further unto the place where and manner how he feedeth his flocke in his publike Assembly the Church whereunto the Lord addeth daily such as shall be saved Acts 2. 47. that there she may be under his government enjoy his ordinances increase in knowledge faith and all other graces may be strengthned against tentations and afflictions So men are commanded Seeke the Lord and his strength seeke his face continually Psalme 105. 4. And Vnto the place which the Lord your God shall chuse out of all your tribes to put his name there even unto his habitation shall ye seeke and thither thou shalt come c. Deut.